Search moodle.org's
Developer Documentation
Developer Documentation
- Bug fixes for general core bugs in 4.0.x will end 8 May 2023 (12 months).
- Bug fixes for security issues in 4.0.x will end 13 November 2023 (18 months).
- PHP version: minimum PHP 7.3.0 Note: the minimum PHP version has increased since Moodle 3.10. PHP 7.4.x is also supported.
/lib/ -> moodlelib.php (source)
<?php
// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
//
// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.
//
// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.
//
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with Moodle. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
/**
* moodlelib.php - Moodle main library
*
* Main library file of miscellaneous general-purpose Moodle functions.
* Other main libraries:
* - weblib.php - functions that produce web output
* - datalib.php - functions that access the database
*
* @package core
* @subpackage lib
* @copyright 1999 onwards Martin Dougiamas http://dougiamas.com
* @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
*/
defined('MOODLE_INTERNAL') || die();
// CONSTANTS (Encased in phpdoc proper comments).
// Date and time constants.
/**
* Time constant - the number of seconds in a year
*/
define('YEARSECS', 31536000);
/**
* Time constant - the number of seconds in a week
*/
define('WEEKSECS', 604800);
/**
* Time constant - the number of seconds in a day
*/
define('DAYSECS', 86400);
/**
* Time constant - the number of seconds in an hour
*/
define('HOURSECS', 3600);
/**
* Time constant - the number of seconds in a minute
*/
define('MINSECS', 60);
/**
* Time constant - the number of minutes in a day
*/
define('DAYMINS', 1440);
/**
* Time constant - the number of minutes in an hour
*/
define('HOURMINS', 60);
// Parameter constants - every call to optional_param(), required_param()
// or clean_param() should have a specified type of parameter.
/**
* PARAM_ALPHA - contains only English ascii letters [a-zA-Z].
*/
define('PARAM_ALPHA', 'alpha');
/**
* PARAM_ALPHAEXT the same contents as PARAM_ALPHA (English ascii letters [a-zA-Z]) plus the chars in quotes: "_-" allowed
* NOTE: originally this allowed "/" too, please use PARAM_SAFEPATH if "/" needed
*/
define('PARAM_ALPHAEXT', 'alphaext');
/**
* PARAM_ALPHANUM - expected numbers 0-9 and English ascii letters [a-zA-Z] only.
*/
define('PARAM_ALPHANUM', 'alphanum');
/**
* PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT - expected numbers 0-9, letters (English ascii letters [a-zA-Z]) and _- only.
*/
define('PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT', 'alphanumext');
/**
* PARAM_AUTH - actually checks to make sure the string is a valid auth plugin
*/
define('PARAM_AUTH', 'auth');
/**
* PARAM_BASE64 - Base 64 encoded format
*/
define('PARAM_BASE64', 'base64');
/**
* PARAM_BOOL - converts input into 0 or 1, use for switches in forms and urls.
*/
define('PARAM_BOOL', 'bool');
/**
* PARAM_CAPABILITY - A capability name, like 'moodle/role:manage'. Actually
* checked against the list of capabilities in the database.
*/
define('PARAM_CAPABILITY', 'capability');
/**
* PARAM_CLEANHTML - cleans submitted HTML code. Note that you almost never want
* to use this. The normal mode of operation is to use PARAM_RAW when receiving
* the input (required/optional_param or formslib) and then sanitise the HTML
* using format_text on output. This is for the rare cases when you want to
* sanitise the HTML on input. This cleaning may also fix xhtml strictness.
*/
define('PARAM_CLEANHTML', 'cleanhtml');
/**
* PARAM_EMAIL - an email address following the RFC
*/
define('PARAM_EMAIL', 'email');
/**
* PARAM_FILE - safe file name, all dangerous chars are stripped, protects against XSS, SQL injections and directory traversals
*/
define('PARAM_FILE', 'file');
/**
* PARAM_FLOAT - a real/floating point number.
*
* Note that you should not use PARAM_FLOAT for numbers typed in by the user.
* It does not work for languages that use , as a decimal separator.
* Use PARAM_LOCALISEDFLOAT instead.
*/
define('PARAM_FLOAT', 'float');
/**
* PARAM_LOCALISEDFLOAT - a localised real/floating point number.
* This is preferred over PARAM_FLOAT for numbers typed in by the user.
* Cleans localised numbers to computer readable numbers; false for invalid numbers.
*/
define('PARAM_LOCALISEDFLOAT', 'localisedfloat');
/**
* PARAM_HOST - expected fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or an IPv4 dotted quad (IP address)
*/
define('PARAM_HOST', 'host');
/**
* PARAM_INT - integers only, use when expecting only numbers.
*/
define('PARAM_INT', 'int');
/**
* PARAM_LANG - checks to see if the string is a valid installed language in the current site.
*/
define('PARAM_LANG', 'lang');
/**
* PARAM_LOCALURL - expected properly formatted URL as well as one that refers to the local server itself. (NOT orthogonal to the
* others! Implies PARAM_URL!)
*/
define('PARAM_LOCALURL', 'localurl');
/**
* PARAM_NOTAGS - all html tags are stripped from the text. Do not abuse this type.
*/
define('PARAM_NOTAGS', 'notags');
/**
* PARAM_PATH - safe relative path name, all dangerous chars are stripped, protects against XSS, SQL injections and directory
* traversals note: the leading slash is not removed, window drive letter is not allowed
*/
define('PARAM_PATH', 'path');
/**
* PARAM_PEM - Privacy Enhanced Mail format
*/
define('PARAM_PEM', 'pem');
/**
* PARAM_PERMISSION - A permission, one of CAP_INHERIT, CAP_ALLOW, CAP_PREVENT or CAP_PROHIBIT.
*/
define('PARAM_PERMISSION', 'permission');
/**
* PARAM_RAW specifies a parameter that is not cleaned/processed in any way except the discarding of the invalid utf-8 characters
*/
define('PARAM_RAW', 'raw');
/**
* PARAM_RAW_TRIMMED like PARAM_RAW but leading and trailing whitespace is stripped.
*/
define('PARAM_RAW_TRIMMED', 'raw_trimmed');
/**
* PARAM_SAFEDIR - safe directory name, suitable for include() and require()
*/
define('PARAM_SAFEDIR', 'safedir');
/**
* PARAM_SAFEPATH - several PARAM_SAFEDIR joined by "/", suitable for include() and require(), plugin paths
* and other references to Moodle code files.
*
* This is NOT intended to be used for absolute paths or any user uploaded files.
*/
define('PARAM_SAFEPATH', 'safepath');
/**
* PARAM_SEQUENCE - expects a sequence of numbers like 8 to 1,5,6,4,6,8,9. Numbers and comma only.
*/
define('PARAM_SEQUENCE', 'sequence');
/**
* PARAM_TAG - one tag (interests, blogs, etc.) - mostly international characters and space, <> not supported
*/
define('PARAM_TAG', 'tag');
/**
* PARAM_TAGLIST - list of tags separated by commas (interests, blogs, etc.)
*/
define('PARAM_TAGLIST', 'taglist');
/**
* PARAM_TEXT - general plain text compatible with multilang filter, no other html tags. Please note '<', or '>' are allowed here.
*/
define('PARAM_TEXT', 'text');
/**
* PARAM_THEME - Checks to see if the string is a valid theme name in the current site
*/
define('PARAM_THEME', 'theme');
/**
* PARAM_URL - expected properly formatted URL. Please note that domain part is required, http://localhost/ is not accepted but
* http://localhost.localdomain/ is ok.
*/
define('PARAM_URL', 'url');
/**
* PARAM_USERNAME - Clean username to only contains allowed characters. This is to be used ONLY when manually creating user
* accounts, do NOT use when syncing with external systems!!
*/
define('PARAM_USERNAME', 'username');
/**
* PARAM_STRINGID - used to check if the given string is valid string identifier for get_string()
*/
define('PARAM_STRINGID', 'stringid');
// DEPRECATED PARAM TYPES OR ALIASES - DO NOT USE FOR NEW CODE.
/**
* PARAM_CLEAN - obsoleted, please use a more specific type of parameter.
* It was one of the first types, that is why it is abused so much ;-)
* @deprecated since 2.0
*/
define('PARAM_CLEAN', 'clean');
/**
* PARAM_INTEGER - deprecated alias for PARAM_INT
* @deprecated since 2.0
*/
define('PARAM_INTEGER', 'int');
/**
* PARAM_NUMBER - deprecated alias of PARAM_FLOAT
* @deprecated since 2.0
*/
define('PARAM_NUMBER', 'float');
/**
* PARAM_ACTION - deprecated alias for PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT, use for various actions in forms and urls
* NOTE: originally alias for PARAM_APLHA
* @deprecated since 2.0
*/
define('PARAM_ACTION', 'alphanumext');
/**
* PARAM_FORMAT - deprecated alias for PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT, use for names of plugins, formats, etc.
* NOTE: originally alias for PARAM_APLHA
* @deprecated since 2.0
*/
define('PARAM_FORMAT', 'alphanumext');
/**
* PARAM_MULTILANG - deprecated alias of PARAM_TEXT.
* @deprecated since 2.0
*/
define('PARAM_MULTILANG', 'text');
/**
* PARAM_TIMEZONE - expected timezone. Timezone can be int +-(0-13) or float +-(0.5-12.5) or
* string separated by '/' and can have '-' &/ '_' (eg. America/North_Dakota/New_Salem
* America/Port-au-Prince)
*/
define('PARAM_TIMEZONE', 'timezone');
/**
* PARAM_CLEANFILE - deprecated alias of PARAM_FILE; originally was removing regional chars too
*/
define('PARAM_CLEANFILE', 'file');
/**
* PARAM_COMPONENT is used for full component names (aka frankenstyle) such as 'mod_forum', 'core_rating', 'auth_ldap'.
* Short legacy subsystem names and module names are accepted too ex: 'forum', 'rating', 'user'.
* Only lowercase ascii letters, numbers and underscores are allowed, it has to start with a letter.
* NOTE: numbers and underscores are strongly discouraged in plugin names!
*/
define('PARAM_COMPONENT', 'component');
/**
* PARAM_AREA is a name of area used when addressing files, comments, ratings, etc.
* It is usually used together with context id and component.
* Only lowercase ascii letters, numbers and underscores are allowed, it has to start with a letter.
*/
define('PARAM_AREA', 'area');
/**
* PARAM_PLUGIN is used for plugin names such as 'forum', 'glossary', 'ldap', 'paypal', 'completionstatus'.
* Only lowercase ascii letters, numbers and underscores are allowed, it has to start with a letter.
* NOTE: numbers and underscores are strongly discouraged in plugin names! Underscores are forbidden in module names.
*/
define('PARAM_PLUGIN', 'plugin');
// Web Services.
/**
* VALUE_REQUIRED - if the parameter is not supplied, there is an error
*/
define('VALUE_REQUIRED', 1);
/**
* VALUE_OPTIONAL - if the parameter is not supplied, then the param has no value
*/
define('VALUE_OPTIONAL', 2);
/**
* VALUE_DEFAULT - if the parameter is not supplied, then the default value is used
*/
define('VALUE_DEFAULT', 0);
/**
* NULL_NOT_ALLOWED - the parameter can not be set to null in the database
*/
define('NULL_NOT_ALLOWED', false);
/**
* NULL_ALLOWED - the parameter can be set to null in the database
*/
define('NULL_ALLOWED', true);
// Page types.
/**
* PAGE_COURSE_VIEW is a definition of a page type. For more information on the page class see moodle/lib/pagelib.php.
*/
define('PAGE_COURSE_VIEW', 'course-view');
/** Get remote addr constant */
define('GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_CLIENT_IP', '1');
/** Get remote addr constant */
define('GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR', '2');
/**
* GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_DEFAULT defines the default behavior remote IP address validation.
*/
define('GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_DEFAULT', GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR|GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_CLIENT_IP);
// Blog access level constant declaration.
define ('BLOG_USER_LEVEL', 1);
define ('BLOG_GROUP_LEVEL', 2);
define ('BLOG_COURSE_LEVEL', 3);
define ('BLOG_SITE_LEVEL', 4);
define ('BLOG_GLOBAL_LEVEL', 5);
// Tag constants.
/**
* To prevent problems with multibytes strings,Flag updating in nav not working on the review page. this should not exceed the
* length of "varchar(255) / 3 (bytes / utf-8 character) = 85".
* TODO: this is not correct, varchar(255) are 255 unicode chars ;-)
*
* @todo define(TAG_MAX_LENGTH) this is not correct, varchar(255) are 255 unicode chars ;-)
*/
define('TAG_MAX_LENGTH', 50);
// Password policy constants.
define ('PASSWORD_LOWER', 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz');
define ('PASSWORD_UPPER', 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ');
define ('PASSWORD_DIGITS', '0123456789');
define ('PASSWORD_NONALPHANUM', '.,;:!?_-+/*@#&$');
> /**
// Feature constants.
> * Required password pepper entropy.
// Used for plugin_supports() to report features that are, or are not, supported by a module.
> */
> define ('PEPPER_ENTROPY', 112);
/** True if module can provide a grade */
>
define('FEATURE_GRADE_HAS_GRADE', 'grade_has_grade');
/** True if module supports outcomes */
define('FEATURE_GRADE_OUTCOMES', 'outcomes');
/** True if module supports advanced grading methods */
define('FEATURE_ADVANCED_GRADING', 'grade_advanced_grading');
/** True if module controls the grade visibility over the gradebook */
define('FEATURE_CONTROLS_GRADE_VISIBILITY', 'controlsgradevisbility');
/** True if module supports plagiarism plugins */
define('FEATURE_PLAGIARISM', 'plagiarism');
/** True if module has code to track whether somebody viewed it */
define('FEATURE_COMPLETION_TRACKS_VIEWS', 'completion_tracks_views');
/** True if module has custom completion rules */
define('FEATURE_COMPLETION_HAS_RULES', 'completion_has_rules');
/** True if module has no 'view' page (like label) */
define('FEATURE_NO_VIEW_LINK', 'viewlink');
/** True (which is default) if the module wants support for setting the ID number for grade calculation purposes. */
define('FEATURE_IDNUMBER', 'idnumber');
/** True if module supports groups */
define('FEATURE_GROUPS', 'groups');
/** True if module supports groupings */
define('FEATURE_GROUPINGS', 'groupings');
/**
* True if module supports groupmembersonly (which no longer exists)
* @deprecated Since Moodle 2.8
*/
define('FEATURE_GROUPMEMBERSONLY', 'groupmembersonly');
/** Type of module */
define('FEATURE_MOD_ARCHETYPE', 'mod_archetype');
/** True if module supports intro editor */
define('FEATURE_MOD_INTRO', 'mod_intro');
/** True if module has default completion */
define('FEATURE_MODEDIT_DEFAULT_COMPLETION', 'modedit_default_completion');
define('FEATURE_COMMENT', 'comment');
define('FEATURE_RATE', 'rate');
/** True if module supports backup/restore of moodle2 format */
define('FEATURE_BACKUP_MOODLE2', 'backup_moodle2');
/** True if module can show description on course main page */
define('FEATURE_SHOW_DESCRIPTION', 'showdescription');
/** True if module uses the question bank */
define('FEATURE_USES_QUESTIONS', 'usesquestions');
/**
* Maximum filename char size
*/
define('MAX_FILENAME_SIZE', 100);
/** Unspecified module archetype */
define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_OTHER', 0);
/** Resource-like type module */
define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_RESOURCE', 1);
/** Assignment module archetype */
define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_ASSIGNMENT', 2);
/** System (not user-addable) module archetype */
define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_SYSTEM', 3);
/** Type of module */
define('FEATURE_MOD_PURPOSE', 'mod_purpose');
/** Module purpose administration */
define('MOD_PURPOSE_ADMINISTRATION', 'administration');
/** Module purpose assessment */
define('MOD_PURPOSE_ASSESSMENT', 'assessment');
/** Module purpose communication */
define('MOD_PURPOSE_COLLABORATION', 'collaboration');
/** Module purpose communication */
define('MOD_PURPOSE_COMMUNICATION', 'communication');
/** Module purpose content */
define('MOD_PURPOSE_CONTENT', 'content');
/** Module purpose interface */
define('MOD_PURPOSE_INTERFACE', 'interface');
/** Module purpose other */
define('MOD_PURPOSE_OTHER', 'other');
/**
* Security token used for allowing access
* from external application such as web services.
* Scripts do not use any session, performance is relatively
* low because we need to load access info in each request.
* Scripts are executed in parallel.
*/
define('EXTERNAL_TOKEN_PERMANENT', 0);
/**
* Security token used for allowing access
* of embedded applications, the code is executed in the
* active user session. Token is invalidated after user logs out.
* Scripts are executed serially - normal session locking is used.
*/
define('EXTERNAL_TOKEN_EMBEDDED', 1);
/**
* The home page should be the site home
*/
define('HOMEPAGE_SITE', 0);
/**
* The home page should be the users my page
*/
define('HOMEPAGE_MY', 1);
/**
* The home page can be chosen by the user
*/
define('HOMEPAGE_USER', 2);
/**
* The home page should be the users my courses page
*/
define('HOMEPAGE_MYCOURSES', 3);
/**
* URL of the Moodle sites registration portal.
*/
defined('HUB_MOODLEORGHUBURL') || define('HUB_MOODLEORGHUBURL', 'https://stats.moodle.org');
/**
* URL of the statistic server public key.
*/
defined('HUB_STATSPUBLICKEY') || define('HUB_STATSPUBLICKEY', 'https://moodle.org/static/statspubkey.pem');
/**
* Moodle mobile app service name
*/
define('MOODLE_OFFICIAL_MOBILE_SERVICE', 'moodle_mobile_app');
/**
* Indicates the user has the capabilities required to ignore activity and course file size restrictions
*/
define('USER_CAN_IGNORE_FILE_SIZE_LIMITS', -1);
/**
* Course display settings: display all sections on one page.
*/
define('COURSE_DISPLAY_SINGLEPAGE', 0);
/**
* Course display settings: split pages into a page per section.
*/
define('COURSE_DISPLAY_MULTIPAGE', 1);
/**
* Authentication constant: String used in password field when password is not stored.
*/
define('AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED', 'not cached');
/**
* Email from header to never include via information.
*/
define('EMAIL_VIA_NEVER', 0);
/**
* Email from header to always include via information.
*/
define('EMAIL_VIA_ALWAYS', 1);
/**
* Email from header to only include via information if the address is no-reply.
*/
define('EMAIL_VIA_NO_REPLY_ONLY', 2);
> /**
// PARAMETER HANDLING.
> * Contact site support form/link disabled.
> */
/**
> define('CONTACT_SUPPORT_DISABLED', 0);
* Returns a particular value for the named variable, taken from
>
* POST or GET. If the parameter doesn't exist then an error is
> /**
* thrown because we require this variable.
> * Contact site support form/link only available to authenticated users.
*
> */
* This function should be used to initialise all required values
> define('CONTACT_SUPPORT_AUTHENTICATED', 1);
* in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be
>
* used like this:
> /**
* $id = required_param('id', PARAM_INT);
> * Contact site support form/link available to anyone visiting the site.
*
> */
* Please note the $type parameter is now required and the value can not be array.
> define('CONTACT_SUPPORT_ANYONE', 2);
*
>
* @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
> /**
* @param string $type expected type of parameter
> * Maximum number of characters for password.
* @return mixed
> */
* @throws coding_exception
> define('MAX_PASSWORD_CHARACTERS', 128);
*/
>
function required_param($parname, $type) {
if (func_num_args() != 2 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) {
throw new coding_exception('required_param() requires $parname and $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')');
}
// POST has precedence.
if (isset($_POST[$parname])) {
$param = $_POST[$parname];
} else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) {
$param = $_GET[$parname];
} else {
< print_error('missingparam', '', '', $parname);
> throw new \moodle_exception('missingparam', '', '', $parname);
}
if (is_array($param)) {
debugging('Invalid array parameter detected in required_param(): '.$parname);
// TODO: switch to fatal error in Moodle 2.3.
return required_param_array($parname, $type);
}
return clean_param($param, $type);
}
/**
* Returns a particular array value for the named variable, taken from
* POST or GET. If the parameter doesn't exist then an error is
* thrown because we require this variable.
*
* This function should be used to initialise all required values
* in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be
* used like this:
* $ids = required_param_array('ids', PARAM_INT);
*
* Note: arrays of arrays are not supported, only alphanumeric keys with _ and - are supported
*
* @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
* @param string $type expected type of parameter
* @return array
* @throws coding_exception
*/
function required_param_array($parname, $type) {
if (func_num_args() != 2 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) {
throw new coding_exception('required_param_array() requires $parname and $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')');
}
// POST has precedence.
if (isset($_POST[$parname])) {
$param = $_POST[$parname];
} else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) {
$param = $_GET[$parname];
} else {
< print_error('missingparam', '', '', $parname);
> throw new \moodle_exception('missingparam', '', '', $parname);
}
if (!is_array($param)) {
< print_error('missingparam', '', '', $parname);
> throw new \moodle_exception('missingparam', '', '', $parname);
}
$result = array();
foreach ($param as $key => $value) {
if (!preg_match('/^[a-z0-9_-]+$/i', $key)) {
debugging('Invalid key name in required_param_array() detected: '.$key.', parameter: '.$parname);
continue;
}
$result[$key] = clean_param($value, $type);
}
return $result;
}
/**
* Returns a particular value for the named variable, taken from
* POST or GET, otherwise returning a given default.
*
* This function should be used to initialise all optional values
* in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be
* used like this:
* $name = optional_param('name', 'Fred', PARAM_TEXT);
*
* Please note the $type parameter is now required and the value can not be array.
*
* @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
* @param mixed $default the default value to return if nothing is found
* @param string $type expected type of parameter
* @return mixed
* @throws coding_exception
*/
function optional_param($parname, $default, $type) {
if (func_num_args() != 3 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) {
throw new coding_exception('optional_param requires $parname, $default + $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')');
}
// POST has precedence.
if (isset($_POST[$parname])) {
$param = $_POST[$parname];
} else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) {
$param = $_GET[$parname];
} else {
return $default;
}
if (is_array($param)) {
debugging('Invalid array parameter detected in required_param(): '.$parname);
// TODO: switch to $default in Moodle 2.3.
return optional_param_array($parname, $default, $type);
}
return clean_param($param, $type);
}
/**
* Returns a particular array value for the named variable, taken from
* POST or GET, otherwise returning a given default.
*
* This function should be used to initialise all optional values
* in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be
* used like this:
* $ids = optional_param('id', array(), PARAM_INT);
*
* Note: arrays of arrays are not supported, only alphanumeric keys with _ and - are supported
*
* @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
* @param mixed $default the default value to return if nothing is found
* @param string $type expected type of parameter
* @return array
* @throws coding_exception
*/
function optional_param_array($parname, $default, $type) {
if (func_num_args() != 3 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) {
throw new coding_exception('optional_param_array requires $parname, $default + $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')');
}
// POST has precedence.
if (isset($_POST[$parname])) {
$param = $_POST[$parname];
} else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) {
$param = $_GET[$parname];
} else {
return $default;
}
if (!is_array($param)) {
debugging('optional_param_array() expects array parameters only: '.$parname);
return $default;
}
$result = array();
foreach ($param as $key => $value) {
if (!preg_match('/^[a-z0-9_-]+$/i', $key)) {
debugging('Invalid key name in optional_param_array() detected: '.$key.', parameter: '.$parname);
continue;
}
$result[$key] = clean_param($value, $type);
}
return $result;
}
/**
* Strict validation of parameter values, the values are only converted
* to requested PHP type. Internally it is using clean_param, the values
* before and after cleaning must be equal - otherwise
* an invalid_parameter_exception is thrown.
* Objects and classes are not accepted.
*
* @param mixed $param
* @param string $type PARAM_ constant
* @param bool $allownull are nulls valid value?
* @param string $debuginfo optional debug information
* @return mixed the $param value converted to PHP type
* @throws invalid_parameter_exception if $param is not of given type
*/
function validate_param($param, $type, $allownull=NULL_NOT_ALLOWED, $debuginfo='') {
if (is_null($param)) {
if ($allownull == NULL_ALLOWED) {
return null;
} else {
throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo);
}
}
if (is_array($param) or is_object($param)) {
throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo);
}
$cleaned = clean_param($param, $type);
if ($type == PARAM_FLOAT) {
// Do not detect precision loss here.
if (is_float($param) or is_int($param)) {
// These always fit.
} else if (!is_numeric($param) or !preg_match('/^[\+-]?[0-9]*\.?[0-9]*(e[-+]?[0-9]+)?$/i', (string)$param)) {
throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo);
}
} else if ((string)$param !== (string)$cleaned) {
// Conversion to string is usually lossless.
throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo);
}
return $cleaned;
}
/**
* Makes sure array contains only the allowed types, this function does not validate array key names!
*
* <code>
* $options = clean_param($options, PARAM_INT);
* </code>
*
* @param array|null $param the variable array we are cleaning
* @param string $type expected format of param after cleaning.
* @param bool $recursive clean recursive arrays
* @return array
* @throws coding_exception
*/
function clean_param_array(?array $param, $type, $recursive = false) {
// Convert null to empty array.
$param = (array)$param;
foreach ($param as $key => $value) {
if (is_array($value)) {
if ($recursive) {
$param[$key] = clean_param_array($value, $type, true);
} else {
throw new coding_exception('clean_param_array can not process multidimensional arrays when $recursive is false.');
}
} else {
$param[$key] = clean_param($value, $type);
}
}
return $param;
}
/**
* Used by {@link optional_param()} and {@link required_param()} to
* clean the variables and/or cast to specific types, based on
* an options field.
* <code>
* $course->format = clean_param($course->format, PARAM_ALPHA);
* $selectedgradeitem = clean_param($selectedgradeitem, PARAM_INT);
* </code>
*
* @param mixed $param the variable we are cleaning
* @param string $type expected format of param after cleaning.
* @return mixed
* @throws coding_exception
*/
function clean_param($param, $type) {
global $CFG;
if (is_array($param)) {
throw new coding_exception('clean_param() can not process arrays, please use clean_param_array() instead.');
} else if (is_object($param)) {
if (method_exists($param, '__toString')) {
$param = $param->__toString();
} else {
throw new coding_exception('clean_param() can not process objects, please use clean_param_array() instead.');
}
}
switch ($type) {
case PARAM_RAW:
// No cleaning at all.
$param = fix_utf8($param);
return $param;
case PARAM_RAW_TRIMMED:
// No cleaning, but strip leading and trailing whitespace.
< $param = fix_utf8($param);
> $param = (string)fix_utf8($param);
return trim($param);
case PARAM_CLEAN:
// General HTML cleaning, try to use more specific type if possible this is deprecated!
// Please use more specific type instead.
if (is_numeric($param)) {
return $param;
}
$param = fix_utf8($param);
// Sweep for scripts, etc.
return clean_text($param);
case PARAM_CLEANHTML:
// Clean html fragment.
< $param = fix_utf8($param);
> $param = (string)fix_utf8($param);
// Sweep for scripts, etc.
$param = clean_text($param, FORMAT_HTML);
return trim($param);
case PARAM_INT:
// Convert to integer.
return (int)$param;
case PARAM_FLOAT:
// Convert to float.
return (float)$param;
case PARAM_LOCALISEDFLOAT:
// Convert to float.
return unformat_float($param, true);
case PARAM_ALPHA:
// Remove everything not `a-z`.
< return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z]/i', '', $param);
> return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z]/i', '', (string)$param);
case PARAM_ALPHAEXT:
// Remove everything not `a-zA-Z_-` (originally allowed "/" too).
< return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z_-]/i', '', $param);
> return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z_-]/i', '', (string)$param);
case PARAM_ALPHANUM:
// Remove everything not `a-zA-Z0-9`.
< return preg_replace('/[^A-Za-z0-9]/i', '', $param);
> return preg_replace('/[^A-Za-z0-9]/i', '', (string)$param);
case PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT:
// Remove everything not `a-zA-Z0-9_-`.
< return preg_replace('/[^A-Za-z0-9_-]/i', '', $param);
> return preg_replace('/[^A-Za-z0-9_-]/i', '', (string)$param);
case PARAM_SEQUENCE:
// Remove everything not `0-9,`.
< return preg_replace('/[^0-9,]/i', '', $param);
> return preg_replace('/[^0-9,]/i', '', (string)$param);
case PARAM_BOOL:
// Convert to 1 or 0.
< $tempstr = strtolower($param);
> $tempstr = strtolower((string)$param);
if ($tempstr === 'on' or $tempstr === 'yes' or $tempstr === 'true') {
$param = 1;
} else if ($tempstr === 'off' or $tempstr === 'no' or $tempstr === 'false') {
$param = 0;
} else {
$param = empty($param) ? 0 : 1;
}
return $param;
case PARAM_NOTAGS:
// Strip all tags.
$param = fix_utf8($param);
< return strip_tags($param);
> return strip_tags((string)$param);
case PARAM_TEXT:
// Leave only tags needed for multilang.
$param = fix_utf8($param);
// If the multilang syntax is not correct we strip all tags because it would break xhtml strict which is required
// for accessibility standards please note this cleaning does not strip unbalanced '>' for BC compatibility reasons.
do {
< if (strpos($param, '</lang>') !== false) {
> if (strpos((string)$param, '</lang>') !== false) {
// Old and future mutilang syntax.
$param = strip_tags($param, '<lang>');
if (!preg_match_all('/<.*>/suU', $param, $matches)) {
break;
}
$open = false;
foreach ($matches[0] as $match) {
if ($match === '</lang>') {
if ($open) {
$open = false;
continue;
} else {
break 2;
}
}
if (!preg_match('/^<lang lang="[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+"\s*>$/u', $match)) {
break 2;
} else {
$open = true;
}
}
if ($open) {
break;
}
return $param;
< } else if (strpos($param, '</span>') !== false) {
> } else if (strpos((string)$param, '</span>') !== false) {
// Current problematic multilang syntax.
$param = strip_tags($param, '<span>');
if (!preg_match_all('/<.*>/suU', $param, $matches)) {
break;
}
$open = false;
foreach ($matches[0] as $match) {
if ($match === '</span>') {
if ($open) {
$open = false;
continue;
} else {
break 2;
}
}
if (!preg_match('/^<span(\s+lang="[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+"|\s+class="multilang"){2}\s*>$/u', $match)) {
break 2;
} else {
$open = true;
}
}
if ($open) {
break;
}
return $param;
}
} while (false);
// Easy, just strip all tags, if we ever want to fix orphaned '&' we have to do that in format_string().
< return strip_tags($param);
> return strip_tags((string)$param);
case PARAM_COMPONENT:
// We do not want any guessing here, either the name is correct or not
// please note only normalised component names are accepted.
> $param = (string)$param;
if (!preg_match('/^[a-z][a-z0-9]*(_[a-z][a-z0-9_]*)?[a-z0-9]+$/', $param)) {
return '';
}
if (strpos($param, '__') !== false) {
return '';
}
if (strpos($param, 'mod_') === 0) {
// Module names must not contain underscores because we need to differentiate them from invalid plugin types.
if (substr_count($param, '_') != 1) {
return '';
}
}
return $param;
case PARAM_PLUGIN:
case PARAM_AREA:
// We do not want any guessing here, either the name is correct or not.
if (!is_valid_plugin_name($param)) {
return '';
}
return $param;
case PARAM_SAFEDIR:
// Remove everything not a-zA-Z0-9_- .
< return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z0-9_-]/i', '', $param);
> return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z0-9_-]/i', '', (string)$param);
case PARAM_SAFEPATH:
// Remove everything not a-zA-Z0-9/_- .
< return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z0-9\/_-]/i', '', $param);
> return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z0-9\/_-]/i', '', (string)$param);
case PARAM_FILE:
// Strip all suspicious characters from filename.
< $param = fix_utf8($param);
> $param = (string)fix_utf8($param);
$param = preg_replace('~[[:cntrl:]]|[&<>"`\|\':\\\\/]~u', '', $param);
if ($param === '.' || $param === '..') {
$param = '';
}
return $param;
case PARAM_PATH:
// Strip all suspicious characters from file path.
< $param = fix_utf8($param);
> $param = (string)fix_utf8($param);
$param = str_replace('\\', '/', $param);
// Explode the path and clean each element using the PARAM_FILE rules.
$breadcrumb = explode('/', $param);
foreach ($breadcrumb as $key => $crumb) {
if ($crumb === '.' && $key === 0) {
// Special condition to allow for relative current path such as ./currentdirfile.txt.
} else {
$crumb = clean_param($crumb, PARAM_FILE);
}
$breadcrumb[$key] = $crumb;
}
$param = implode('/', $breadcrumb);
// Remove multiple current path (./././) and multiple slashes (///).
$param = preg_replace('~//+~', '/', $param);
$param = preg_replace('~/(\./)+~', '/', $param);
return $param;
case PARAM_HOST:
// Allow FQDN or IPv4 dotted quad.
< $param = preg_replace('/[^\.\d\w-]/', '', $param );
> $param = preg_replace('/[^\.\d\w-]/', '', (string)$param );
// Match ipv4 dotted quad.
if (preg_match('/(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})/', $param, $match)) {
// Confirm values are ok.
if ( $match[0] > 255
|| $match[1] > 255
|| $match[3] > 255
|| $match[4] > 255 ) {
// Hmmm, what kind of dotted quad is this?
$param = '';
}
} else if ( preg_match('/^[\w\d\.-]+$/', $param) // Dots, hyphens, numbers.
&& !preg_match('/^[\.-]/', $param) // No leading dots/hyphens.
&& !preg_match('/[\.-]$/', $param) // No trailing dots/hyphens.
) {
// All is ok - $param is respected.
} else {
// All is not ok...
$param='';
}
return $param;
case PARAM_URL:
// Allow safe urls.
< $param = fix_utf8($param);
> $param = (string)fix_utf8($param);
include_once($CFG->dirroot . '/lib/validateurlsyntax.php');
if (!empty($param) && validateUrlSyntax($param, 's?H?S?F?E-u-P-a?I?p?f?q?r?')) {
// All is ok, param is respected.
} else {
// Not really ok.
$param ='';
}
return $param;
case PARAM_LOCALURL:
// Allow http absolute, root relative and relative URLs within wwwroot.
$param = clean_param($param, PARAM_URL);
if (!empty($param)) {
if ($param === $CFG->wwwroot) {
// Exact match;
} else if (preg_match(':^/:', $param)) {
// Root-relative, ok!
} else if (preg_match('/^' . preg_quote($CFG->wwwroot . '/', '/') . '/i', $param)) {
// Absolute, and matches our wwwroot.
} else {
// Relative - let's make sure there are no tricks.
if (validateUrlSyntax('/' . $param, 's-u-P-a-p-f+q?r?') && !preg_match('/javascript:/i', $param)) {
// Looks ok.
} else {
$param = '';
}
}
}
return $param;
case PARAM_PEM:
< $param = trim($param);
> $param = trim((string)$param);
// PEM formatted strings may contain letters/numbers and the symbols:
// forward slash: /
// plus sign: +
// equal sign: =
// , surrounded by BEGIN and END CERTIFICATE prefix and suffixes.
if (preg_match('/^-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----([\s\w\/\+=]+)-----END CERTIFICATE-----$/', trim($param), $matches)) {
list($wholething, $body) = $matches;
unset($wholething, $matches);
$b64 = clean_param($body, PARAM_BASE64);
if (!empty($b64)) {
return "-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----\n$b64\n-----END CERTIFICATE-----\n";
} else {
return '';
}
}
return '';
case PARAM_BASE64:
if (!empty($param)) {
// PEM formatted strings may contain letters/numbers and the symbols
// forward slash: /
// plus sign: +
// equal sign: =.
if (0 >= preg_match('/^([\s\w\/\+=]+)$/', trim($param))) {
return '';
}
$lines = preg_split('/[\s]+/', $param, -1, PREG_SPLIT_NO_EMPTY);
// Each line of base64 encoded data must be 64 characters in length, except for the last line which may be less
// than (or equal to) 64 characters long.
for ($i=0, $j=count($lines); $i < $j; $i++) {
if ($i + 1 == $j) {
if (64 < strlen($lines[$i])) {
return '';
}
continue;
}
if (64 != strlen($lines[$i])) {
return '';
}
}
return implode("\n", $lines);
} else {
return '';
}
case PARAM_TAG:
< $param = fix_utf8($param);
> $param = (string)fix_utf8($param);
// Please note it is not safe to use the tag name directly anywhere,
// it must be processed with s(), urlencode() before embedding anywhere.
// Remove some nasties.
$param = preg_replace('~[[:cntrl:]]|[<>`]~u', '', $param);
// Convert many whitespace chars into one.
$param = preg_replace('/\s+/u', ' ', $param);
$param = core_text::substr(trim($param), 0, TAG_MAX_LENGTH);
return $param;
case PARAM_TAGLIST:
< $param = fix_utf8($param);
> $param = (string)fix_utf8($param);
$tags = explode(',', $param);
$result = array();
foreach ($tags as $tag) {
$res = clean_param($tag, PARAM_TAG);
if ($res !== '') {
$result[] = $res;
}
}
if ($result) {
return implode(',', $result);
} else {
return '';
}
case PARAM_CAPABILITY:
if (get_capability_info($param)) {
return $param;
} else {
return '';
}
case PARAM_PERMISSION:
$param = (int)$param;
if (in_array($param, array(CAP_INHERIT, CAP_ALLOW, CAP_PREVENT, CAP_PROHIBIT))) {
return $param;
} else {
return CAP_INHERIT;
}
case PARAM_AUTH:
$param = clean_param($param, PARAM_PLUGIN);
if (empty($param)) {
return '';
} else if (exists_auth_plugin($param)) {
return $param;
} else {
return '';
}
case PARAM_LANG:
$param = clean_param($param, PARAM_SAFEDIR);
if (get_string_manager()->translation_exists($param)) {
return $param;
} else {
// Specified language is not installed or param malformed.
return '';
}
case PARAM_THEME:
$param = clean_param($param, PARAM_PLUGIN);
if (empty($param)) {
return '';
} else if (file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/theme/$param/config.php")) {
return $param;
} else if (!empty($CFG->themedir) and file_exists("$CFG->themedir/$param/config.php")) {
return $param;
} else {
// Specified theme is not installed.
return '';
}
case PARAM_USERNAME:
< $param = fix_utf8($param);
> $param = (string)fix_utf8($param);
$param = trim($param);
// Convert uppercase to lowercase MDL-16919.
$param = core_text::strtolower($param);
if (empty($CFG->extendedusernamechars)) {
$param = str_replace(" " , "", $param);
// Regular expression, eliminate all chars EXCEPT:
// alphanum, dash (-), underscore (_), at sign (@) and period (.) characters.
$param = preg_replace('/[^-\.@_a-z0-9]/', '', $param);
}
return $param;
case PARAM_EMAIL:
$param = fix_utf8($param);
< if (validate_email($param)) {
> if (validate_email($param ?? '')) {
return $param;
} else {
return '';
}
case PARAM_STRINGID:
< if (preg_match('|^[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9\.:/_-]*$|', $param)) {
> if (preg_match('|^[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9\.:/_-]*$|', (string)$param)) {
return $param;
} else {
return '';
}
case PARAM_TIMEZONE:
// Can be int, float(with .5 or .0) or string seperated by '/' and can have '-_'.
< $param = fix_utf8($param);
> $param = (string)fix_utf8($param);
$timezonepattern = '/^(([+-]?(0?[0-9](\.[5|0])?|1[0-3](\.0)?|1[0-2]\.5))|(99)|[[:alnum:]]+(\/?[[:alpha:]_-])+)$/';
if (preg_match($timezonepattern, $param)) {
return $param;
} else {
return '';
}
default:
// Doh! throw error, switched parameters in optional_param or another serious problem.
< print_error("unknownparamtype", '', '', $type);
> throw new \moodle_exception("unknownparamtype", '', '', $type);
}
}
/**
* Whether the PARAM_* type is compatible in RTL.
*
* Being compatible with RTL means that the data they contain can flow
* from right-to-left or left-to-right without compromising the user experience.
*
* Take URLs for example, they are not RTL compatible as they should always
* flow from the left to the right. This also applies to numbers, email addresses,
* configuration snippets, base64 strings, etc...
*
* This function tries to best guess which parameters can contain localised strings.
*
* @param string $paramtype Constant PARAM_*.
* @return bool
*/
function is_rtl_compatible($paramtype) {
return $paramtype == PARAM_TEXT || $paramtype == PARAM_NOTAGS;
}
/**
* Makes sure the data is using valid utf8, invalid characters are discarded.
*
* Note: this function is not intended for full objects with methods and private properties.
*
* @param mixed $value
* @return mixed with proper utf-8 encoding
*/
function fix_utf8($value) {
if (is_null($value) or $value === '') {
return $value;
} else if (is_string($value)) {
if ((string)(int)$value === $value) {
// Shortcut.
return $value;
}
// Remove null bytes or invalid Unicode sequences from value.
$value = str_replace(["\0", "\xef\xbf\xbe", "\xef\xbf\xbf"], '', $value);
// Note: this duplicates min_fix_utf8() intentionally.
static $buggyiconv = null;
if ($buggyiconv === null) {
$buggyiconv = (!function_exists('iconv') or @iconv('UTF-8', 'UTF-8//IGNORE', '100'.chr(130).'€') !== '100€');
}
if ($buggyiconv) {
if (function_exists('mb_convert_encoding')) {
$subst = mb_substitute_character();
mb_substitute_character('none');
$result = mb_convert_encoding($value, 'utf-8', 'utf-8');
mb_substitute_character($subst);
} else {
// Warn admins on admin/index.php page.
$result = $value;
}
} else {
$result = @iconv('UTF-8', 'UTF-8//IGNORE', $value);
}
return $result;
} else if (is_array($value)) {
foreach ($value as $k => $v) {
$value[$k] = fix_utf8($v);
}
return $value;
} else if (is_object($value)) {
// Do not modify original.
$value = clone($value);
foreach ($value as $k => $v) {
$value->$k = fix_utf8($v);
}
return $value;
} else {
// This is some other type, no utf-8 here.
return $value;
}
}
/**
* Return true if given value is integer or string with integer value
*
* @param mixed $value String or Int
* @return bool true if number, false if not
*/
function is_number($value) {
if (is_int($value)) {
return true;
} else if (is_string($value)) {
return ((string)(int)$value) === $value;
} else {
return false;
}
}
/**
* Returns host part from url.
*
* @param string $url full url
* @return string host, null if not found
*/
function get_host_from_url($url) {
preg_match('|^[a-z]+://([a-zA-Z0-9-.]+)|i', $url, $matches);
if ($matches) {
return $matches[1];
}
return null;
}
/**
* Tests whether anything was returned by text editor
*
* This function is useful for testing whether something you got back from
* the HTML editor actually contains anything. Sometimes the HTML editor
* appear to be empty, but actually you get back a <br> tag or something.
*
* @param string $string a string containing HTML.
* @return boolean does the string contain any actual content - that is text,
* images, objects, etc.
*/
function html_is_blank($string) {
< return trim(strip_tags($string, '<img><object><applet><input><select><textarea><hr>')) == '';
> return trim(strip_tags((string)$string, '<img><object><applet><input><select><textarea><hr>')) == '';
}
/**
* Set a key in global configuration
*
* Set a key/value pair in both this session's {@link $CFG} global variable
* and in the 'config' database table for future sessions.
*
* Can also be used to update keys for plugin-scoped configs in config_plugin table.
* In that case it doesn't affect $CFG.
*
* A NULL value will delete the entry.
*
* NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php
*
* @param string $name the key to set
* @param string $value the value to set (without magic quotes)
* @param string $plugin (optional) the plugin scope, default null
* @return bool true or exception
*/
function set_config($name, $value, $plugin=null) {
global $CFG, $DB;
< if (empty($plugin)) {
< if (!array_key_exists($name, $CFG->config_php_settings)) {
< // So it's defined for this invocation at least.
< if (is_null($value)) {
< unset($CFG->$name);
< } else {
< // Settings from db are always strings.
< $CFG->$name = (string)$value;
< }
< }
<
< if ($DB->get_field('config', 'name', array('name' => $name))) {
> // Redirect to appropriate handler when value is null.
if ($value === null) {
< $DB->delete_records('config', array('name' => $name));
< } else {
< $DB->set_field('config', 'value', $value, array('name' => $name));
> return unset_config($name, $plugin);
}
< } else {
< if ($value !== null) {
>
> // Set variables determining conditions and where to store the new config.
> // Plugin config goes to {config_plugins}, core config goes to {config}.
> $iscore = empty($plugin);
> if ($iscore) {
> // If it's for core config.
> $table = 'config';
> $conditions = ['name' => $name];
> $invalidatecachekey = 'core';
> } else {
> // If it's a plugin.
> $table = 'config_plugins';
> $conditions = ['name' => $name, 'plugin' => $plugin];
> $invalidatecachekey = $plugin;
> }
>
> // DB handling - checks for existing config, updating or inserting only if necessary.
> $invalidatecache = true;
> $inserted = false;
> $record = $DB->get_record($table, $conditions, 'id, value');
> if ($record === false) {
> // Inserts a new config record.
$config = new stdClass();
$config->name = $name;
$config->value = $value;
< $DB->insert_record('config', $config, false);
> if (!$iscore) {
> $config->plugin = $plugin;
> }
> $inserted = $DB->insert_record($table, $config, false);
> } else if ($invalidatecache = ($record->value !== $value)) {
> // Record exists - Check and only set new value if it has changed.
> $DB->set_field($table, 'value', $value, ['id' => $record->id]);
> }
>
> if ($iscore && !isset($CFG->config_php_settings[$name])) {
> // So it's defined for this invocation at least.
> // Settings from db are always strings.
> $CFG->$name = (string) $value;
}
>
// When setting config during a Behat test (in the CLI script, not in the web browser
// requests), remember which ones are set so that we can clear them later.
< if (defined('BEHAT_TEST')) {
< if (!property_exists($CFG, 'behat_cli_added_config')) {
< $CFG->behat_cli_added_config = [];
< }
> if ($iscore && $inserted && defined('BEHAT_TEST')) {
$CFG->behat_cli_added_config[$name] = true;
}
< }
< if ($name === 'siteidentifier') {
>
> // Update siteidentifier cache, if required.
> if ($iscore && $name === 'siteidentifier') {
cache_helper::update_site_identifier($value);
}
< cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), 'core');
< } else {
< // Plugin scope.
< if ($id = $DB->get_field('config_plugins', 'id', array('name' => $name, 'plugin' => $plugin))) {
< if ($value===null) {
< $DB->delete_records('config_plugins', array('name' => $name, 'plugin' => $plugin));
< } else {
< $DB->set_field('config_plugins', 'value', $value, array('id' => $id));
< }
< } else {
< if ($value !== null) {
< $config = new stdClass();
< $config->plugin = $plugin;
< $config->name = $name;
< $config->value = $value;
< $DB->insert_record('config_plugins', $config, false);
< }
< }
< cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), $plugin);
>
> // Invalidate cache, if required.
> if ($invalidatecache) {
> cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', [], $invalidatecachekey);
}
return true;
}
/**
* Get configuration values from the global config table
* or the config_plugins table.
*
* If called with one parameter, it will load all the config
* variables for one plugin, and return them as an object.
*
* If called with 2 parameters it will return a string single
* value or false if the value is not found.
*
* NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php
*
* @param string $plugin full component name
* @param string $name default null
* @return mixed hash-like object or single value, return false no config found
* @throws dml_exception
*/
function get_config($plugin, $name = null) {
global $CFG, $DB;
if ($plugin === 'moodle' || $plugin === 'core' || empty($plugin)) {
$forced =& $CFG->config_php_settings;
$iscore = true;
$plugin = 'core';
} else {
if (array_key_exists($plugin, $CFG->forced_plugin_settings)) {
$forced =& $CFG->forced_plugin_settings[$plugin];
} else {
$forced = array();
}
$iscore = false;
}
if (!isset($CFG->siteidentifier)) {
try {
// This may throw an exception during installation, which is how we detect the
// need to install the database. For more details see {@see initialise_cfg()}.
$CFG->siteidentifier = $DB->get_field('config', 'value', array('name' => 'siteidentifier'));
} catch (dml_exception $ex) {
// Set siteidentifier to false. We don't want to trip this continually.
$siteidentifier = false;
throw $ex;
}
}
if (!empty($name)) {
if (array_key_exists($name, $forced)) {
return (string)$forced[$name];
} else if ($name === 'siteidentifier' && $plugin == 'core') {
return $CFG->siteidentifier;
}
}
$cache = cache::make('core', 'config');
$result = $cache->get($plugin);
if ($result === false) {
// The user is after a recordset.
if (!$iscore) {
$result = $DB->get_records_menu('config_plugins', array('plugin' => $plugin), '', 'name,value');
} else {
// This part is not really used any more, but anyway...
$result = $DB->get_records_menu('config', array(), '', 'name,value');;
}
$cache->set($plugin, $result);
}
if (!empty($name)) {
if (array_key_exists($name, $result)) {
return $result[$name];
}
return false;
}
if ($plugin === 'core') {
$result['siteidentifier'] = $CFG->siteidentifier;
}
foreach ($forced as $key => $value) {
if (is_null($value) or is_array($value) or is_object($value)) {
// We do not want any extra mess here, just real settings that could be saved in db.
unset($result[$key]);
} else {
// Convert to string as if it went through the DB.
$result[$key] = (string)$value;
}
}
return (object)$result;
}
/**
* Removes a key from global configuration.
*
* NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php
*
* @param string $name the key to set
* @param string $plugin (optional) the plugin scope
* @return boolean whether the operation succeeded.
*/
function unset_config($name, $plugin=null) {
global $CFG, $DB;
if (empty($plugin)) {
unset($CFG->$name);
$DB->delete_records('config', array('name' => $name));
cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), 'core');
} else {
$DB->delete_records('config_plugins', array('name' => $name, 'plugin' => $plugin));
cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), $plugin);
}
return true;
}
/**
* Remove all the config variables for a given plugin.
*
* NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php
*
* @param string $plugin a plugin, for example 'quiz' or 'qtype_multichoice';
* @return boolean whether the operation succeeded.
*/
function unset_all_config_for_plugin($plugin) {
global $DB;
// Delete from the obvious config_plugins first.
$DB->delete_records('config_plugins', array('plugin' => $plugin));
// Next delete any suspect settings from config.
$like = $DB->sql_like('name', '?', true, true, false, '|');
$params = array($DB->sql_like_escape($plugin.'_', '|') . '%');
$DB->delete_records_select('config', $like, $params);
// Finally clear both the plugin cache and the core cache (suspect settings now removed from core).
cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), array('core', $plugin));
return true;
}
/**
* Use this function to get a list of users from a config setting of type admin_setting_users_with_capability.
*
* All users are verified if they still have the necessary capability.
*
* @param string $value the value of the config setting.
* @param string $capability the capability - must match the one passed to the admin_setting_users_with_capability constructor.
* @param bool $includeadmins include administrators.
* @return array of user objects.
*/
function get_users_from_config($value, $capability, $includeadmins = true) {
if (empty($value) or $value === '$@NONE@$') {
return array();
}
// We have to make sure that users still have the necessary capability,
// it should be faster to fetch them all first and then test if they are present
// instead of validating them one-by-one.
$users = get_users_by_capability(context_system::instance(), $capability);
if ($includeadmins) {
$admins = get_admins();
foreach ($admins as $admin) {
$users[$admin->id] = $admin;
}
}
if ($value === '$@ALL@$') {
return $users;
}
$result = array(); // Result in correct order.
$allowed = explode(',', $value);
foreach ($allowed as $uid) {
if (isset($users[$uid])) {
$user = $users[$uid];
$result[$user->id] = $user;
}
}
return $result;
}
/**
* Invalidates browser caches and cached data in temp.
*
* @return void
*/
function purge_all_caches() {
purge_caches();
}
/**
* Selectively invalidate different types of cache.
*
* Purges the cache areas specified. By default, this will purge all caches but can selectively purge specific
* areas alone or in combination.
*
* @param bool[] $options Specific parts of the cache to purge. Valid options are:
* 'muc' Purge MUC caches?
* 'theme' Purge theme cache?
* 'lang' Purge language string cache?
* 'js' Purge javascript cache?
* 'filter' Purge text filter cache?
* 'other' Purge all other caches?
*/
function purge_caches($options = []) {
$defaults = array_fill_keys(['muc', 'theme', 'lang', 'js', 'template', 'filter', 'other'], false);
if (empty(array_filter($options))) {
$options = array_fill_keys(array_keys($defaults), true); // Set all options to true.
} else {
$options = array_merge($defaults, array_intersect_key($options, $defaults)); // Override defaults with specified options.
}
if ($options['muc']) {
cache_helper::purge_all();
}
if ($options['theme']) {
theme_reset_all_caches();
}
if ($options['lang']) {
get_string_manager()->reset_caches();
}
if ($options['js']) {
js_reset_all_caches();
}
if ($options['template']) {
template_reset_all_caches();
}
if ($options['filter']) {
reset_text_filters_cache();
}
if ($options['other']) {
purge_other_caches();
}
}
/**
* Purge all non-MUC caches not otherwise purged in purge_caches.
*
* IMPORTANT - If you are adding anything here to do with the cache directory you should also have a look at
* {@link phpunit_util::reset_dataroot()}
*/
function purge_other_caches() {
global $DB, $CFG;
if (class_exists('core_plugin_manager')) {
core_plugin_manager::reset_caches();
}
// Bump up cacherev field for all courses.
try {
increment_revision_number('course', 'cacherev', '');
} catch (moodle_exception $e) {
// Ignore exception since this function is also called before upgrade script when field course.cacherev does not exist yet.
}
$DB->reset_caches();
// Purge all other caches: rss, simplepie, etc.
clearstatcache();
remove_dir($CFG->cachedir.'', true);
// Make sure cache dir is writable, throws exception if not.
make_cache_directory('');
// This is the only place where we purge local caches, we are only adding files there.
// The $CFG->localcachedirpurged flag forces local directories to be purged on cluster nodes.
remove_dir($CFG->localcachedir, true);
set_config('localcachedirpurged', time());
make_localcache_directory('', true);
\core\task\manager::clear_static_caches();
}
/**
* Get volatile flags
*
* @param string $type
* @param int $changedsince default null
* @return array records array
*/
function get_cache_flags($type, $changedsince = null) {
global $DB;
$params = array('type' => $type, 'expiry' => time());
$sqlwhere = "flagtype = :type AND expiry >= :expiry";
if ($changedsince !== null) {
$params['changedsince'] = $changedsince;
$sqlwhere .= " AND timemodified > :changedsince";
}
$cf = array();
if ($flags = $DB->get_records_select('cache_flags', $sqlwhere, $params, '', 'name,value')) {
foreach ($flags as $flag) {
$cf[$flag->name] = $flag->value;
}
}
return $cf;
}
/**
* Get volatile flags
*
* @param string $type
* @param string $name
* @param int $changedsince default null
* @return string|false The cache flag value or false
*/
function get_cache_flag($type, $name, $changedsince=null) {
global $DB;
$params = array('type' => $type, 'name' => $name, 'expiry' => time());
$sqlwhere = "flagtype = :type AND name = :name AND expiry >= :expiry";
if ($changedsince !== null) {
$params['changedsince'] = $changedsince;
$sqlwhere .= " AND timemodified > :changedsince";
}
return $DB->get_field_select('cache_flags', 'value', $sqlwhere, $params);
}
/**
* Set a volatile flag
*
* @param string $type the "type" namespace for the key
* @param string $name the key to set
* @param string $value the value to set (without magic quotes) - null will remove the flag
* @param int $expiry (optional) epoch indicating expiry - defaults to now()+ 24hs
* @return bool Always returns true
*/
function set_cache_flag($type, $name, $value, $expiry = null) {
global $DB;
$timemodified = time();
if ($expiry === null || $expiry < $timemodified) {
$expiry = $timemodified + 24 * 60 * 60;
} else {
$expiry = (int)$expiry;
}
if ($value === null) {
unset_cache_flag($type, $name);
return true;
}
if ($f = $DB->get_record('cache_flags', array('name' => $name, 'flagtype' => $type), '*', IGNORE_MULTIPLE)) {
// This is a potential problem in DEBUG_DEVELOPER.
if ($f->value == $value and $f->expiry == $expiry and $f->timemodified == $timemodified) {
return true; // No need to update.
}
$f->value = $value;
$f->expiry = $expiry;
$f->timemodified = $timemodified;
$DB->update_record('cache_flags', $f);
} else {
$f = new stdClass();
$f->flagtype = $type;
$f->name = $name;
$f->value = $value;
$f->expiry = $expiry;
$f->timemodified = $timemodified;
$DB->insert_record('cache_flags', $f);
}
return true;
}
/**
* Removes a single volatile flag
*
* @param string $type the "type" namespace for the key
* @param string $name the key to set
* @return bool
*/
function unset_cache_flag($type, $name) {
global $DB;
$DB->delete_records('cache_flags', array('name' => $name, 'flagtype' => $type));
return true;
}
/**
* Garbage-collect volatile flags
*
* @return bool Always returns true
*/
function gc_cache_flags() {
global $DB;
$DB->delete_records_select('cache_flags', 'expiry < ?', array(time()));
return true;
}
// USER PREFERENCE API.
/**
* Refresh user preference cache. This is used most often for $USER
* object that is stored in session, but it also helps with performance in cron script.
*
* Preferences for each user are loaded on first use on every page, then again after the timeout expires.
*
* @package core
* @category preference
* @access public
* @param stdClass $user User object. Preferences are preloaded into 'preference' property
* @param int $cachelifetime Cache life time on the current page (in seconds)
* @throws coding_exception
* @return null
*/
function check_user_preferences_loaded(stdClass $user, $cachelifetime = 120) {
global $DB;
// Static cache, we need to check on each page load, not only every 2 minutes.
static $loadedusers = array();
if (!isset($user->id)) {
throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in check_user_preferences_loaded() call, missing id field');
}
if (empty($user->id) or isguestuser($user->id)) {
// No permanent storage for not-logged-in users and guest.
if (!isset($user->preference)) {
$user->preference = array();
}
return;
}
$timenow = time();
if (isset($loadedusers[$user->id]) and isset($user->preference) and isset($user->preference['_lastloaded'])) {
// Already loaded at least once on this page. Are we up to date?
if ($user->preference['_lastloaded'] + $cachelifetime > $timenow) {
// No need to reload - we are on the same page and we loaded prefs just a moment ago.
return;
} else if (!get_cache_flag('userpreferenceschanged', $user->id, $user->preference['_lastloaded'])) {
// No change since the lastcheck on this page.
$user->preference['_lastloaded'] = $timenow;
return;
}
}
// OK, so we have to reload all preferences.
$loadedusers[$user->id] = true;
$user->preference = $DB->get_records_menu('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id), '', 'name,value'); // All values.
$user->preference['_lastloaded'] = $timenow;
}
/**
* Called from set/unset_user_preferences, so that the prefs can be correctly reloaded in different sessions.
*
* NOTE: internal function, do not call from other code.
*
* @package core
* @access private
* @param integer $userid the user whose prefs were changed.
*/
function mark_user_preferences_changed($userid) {
global $CFG;
if (empty($userid) or isguestuser($userid)) {
// No cache flags for guest and not-logged-in users.
return;
}
set_cache_flag('userpreferenceschanged', $userid, 1, time() + $CFG->sessiontimeout);
}
/**
* Sets a preference for the specified user.
*
* If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
*
* When additional validation/permission check is needed it is better to use {@see useredit_update_user_preference()}
*
* @package core
* @category preference
* @access public
* @param string $name The key to set as preference for the specified user
* @param string $value The value to set for the $name key in the specified user's
* record, null means delete current value.
* @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user
* @throws coding_exception
* @return bool Always true or exception
*/
function set_user_preference($name, $value, $user = null) {
global $USER, $DB;
if (empty($name) or is_numeric($name) or $name === '_lastloaded') {
throw new coding_exception('Invalid preference name in set_user_preference() call');
}
if (is_null($value)) {
// Null means delete current.
return unset_user_preference($name, $user);
} else if (is_object($value)) {
throw new coding_exception('Invalid value in set_user_preference() call, objects are not allowed');
} else if (is_array($value)) {
throw new coding_exception('Invalid value in set_user_preference() call, arrays are not allowed');
}
// Value column maximum length is 1333 characters.
$value = (string)$value;
if (core_text::strlen($value) > 1333) {
throw new coding_exception('Invalid value in set_user_preference() call, value is is too long for the value column');
}
if (is_null($user)) {
$user = $USER;
} else if (isset($user->id)) {
// It is a valid object.
} else if (is_numeric($user)) {
$user = (object)array('id' => (int)$user);
} else {
throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in set_user_preference() call');
}
check_user_preferences_loaded($user);
if (empty($user->id) or isguestuser($user->id)) {
// No permanent storage for not-logged-in users and guest.
$user->preference[$name] = $value;
return true;
}
if ($preference = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => $name))) {
if ($preference->value === $value and isset($user->preference[$name]) and $user->preference[$name] === $value) {
// Preference already set to this value.
return true;
}
$DB->set_field('user_preferences', 'value', $value, array('id' => $preference->id));
} else {
$preference = new stdClass();
$preference->userid = $user->id;
$preference->name = $name;
$preference->value = $value;
$DB->insert_record('user_preferences', $preference);
}
// Update value in cache.
$user->preference[$name] = $value;
// Update the $USER in case where we've not a direct reference to $USER.
if ($user !== $USER && $user->id == $USER->id) {
$USER->preference[$name] = $value;
}
// Set reload flag for other sessions.
mark_user_preferences_changed($user->id);
return true;
}
/**
* Sets a whole array of preferences for the current user
*
* If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
*
* @package core
* @category preference
* @access public
* @param array $prefarray An array of key/value pairs to be set
* @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user
* @return bool Always true or exception
*/
function set_user_preferences(array $prefarray, $user = null) {
foreach ($prefarray as $name => $value) {
set_user_preference($name, $value, $user);
}
return true;
}
/**
* Unsets a preference completely by deleting it from the database
*
* If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
*
* @package core
* @category preference
* @access public
* @param string $name The key to unset as preference for the specified user
* @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user
* @throws coding_exception
* @return bool Always true or exception
*/
function unset_user_preference($name, $user = null) {
global $USER, $DB;
if (empty($name) or is_numeric($name) or $name === '_lastloaded') {
throw new coding_exception('Invalid preference name in unset_user_preference() call');
}
if (is_null($user)) {
$user = $USER;
} else if (isset($user->id)) {
// It is a valid object.
} else if (is_numeric($user)) {
$user = (object)array('id' => (int)$user);
} else {
throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in unset_user_preference() call');
}
check_user_preferences_loaded($user);
if (empty($user->id) or isguestuser($user->id)) {
// No permanent storage for not-logged-in user and guest.
unset($user->preference[$name]);
return true;
}
// Delete from DB.
$DB->delete_records('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => $name));
// Delete the preference from cache.
unset($user->preference[$name]);
// Update the $USER in case where we've not a direct reference to $USER.
if ($user !== $USER && $user->id == $USER->id) {
unset($USER->preference[$name]);
}
// Set reload flag for other sessions.
mark_user_preferences_changed($user->id);
return true;
}
/**
* Used to fetch user preference(s)
*
* If no arguments are supplied this function will return
* all of the current user preferences as an array.
*
* If a name is specified then this function
* attempts to return that particular preference value. If
* none is found, then the optional value $default is returned,
* otherwise null.
*
* If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
*
* @package core
* @category preference
* @access public
* @param string $name Name of the key to use in finding a preference value
* @param mixed|null $default Value to be returned if the $name key is not set in the user preferences
* @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user
* @throws coding_exception
* @return string|mixed|null A string containing the value of a single preference. An
* array with all of the preferences or null
*/
function get_user_preferences($name = null, $default = null, $user = null) {
global $USER;
if (is_null($name)) {
// All prefs.
} else if (is_numeric($name) or $name === '_lastloaded') {
throw new coding_exception('Invalid preference name in get_user_preferences() call');
}
if (is_null($user)) {
$user = $USER;
} else if (isset($user->id)) {
// Is a valid object.
} else if (is_numeric($user)) {
if ($USER->id == $user) {
$user = $USER;
} else {
$user = (object)array('id' => (int)$user);
}
} else {
throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in get_user_preferences() call');
}
check_user_preferences_loaded($user);
if (empty($name)) {
// All values.
return $user->preference;
} else if (isset($user->preference[$name])) {
// The single string value.
return $user->preference[$name];
} else {
// Default value (null if not specified).
return $default;
}
}
// FUNCTIONS FOR HANDLING TIME.
/**
* Given Gregorian date parts in user time produce a GMT timestamp.
*
* @package core
* @category time
* @param int $year The year part to create timestamp of
* @param int $month The month part to create timestamp of
* @param int $day The day part to create timestamp of
* @param int $hour The hour part to create timestamp of
* @param int $minute The minute part to create timestamp of
* @param int $second The second part to create timestamp of
* @param int|float|string $timezone Timezone modifier, used to calculate GMT time offset.
< * if 99 then default user's timezone is used {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone}
> * if 99 then default user's timezone is used {@link https://moodledev.io/docs/apis/subsystems/time#timezone}
* @param bool $applydst Toggle Daylight Saving Time, default true, will be
* applied only if timezone is 99 or string.
* @return int GMT timestamp
*/
function make_timestamp($year, $month=1, $day=1, $hour=0, $minute=0, $second=0, $timezone=99, $applydst=true) {
$date = new DateTime('now', core_date::get_user_timezone_object($timezone));
$date->setDate((int)$year, (int)$month, (int)$day);
$date->setTime((int)$hour, (int)$minute, (int)$second);
$time = $date->getTimestamp();
if ($time === false) {
throw new coding_exception('getTimestamp() returned false, please ensure you have passed correct values.'.
' This can fail if year is more than 2038 and OS is 32 bit windows');
}
// Moodle BC DST stuff.
if (!$applydst) {
$time += dst_offset_on($time, $timezone);
}
return $time;
}
/**
* Format a date/time (seconds) as weeks, days, hours etc as needed
*
* Given an amount of time in seconds, returns string
* formatted nicely as years, days, hours etc as needed
*
* @package core
* @category time
* @uses MINSECS
* @uses HOURSECS
* @uses DAYSECS
* @uses YEARSECS
* @param int $totalsecs Time in seconds
* @param stdClass $str Should be a time object
* @return string A nicely formatted date/time string
*/
function format_time($totalsecs, $str = null) {
$totalsecs = abs($totalsecs);
if (!$str) {
// Create the str structure the slow way.
$str = new stdClass();
$str->day = get_string('day');
$str->days = get_string('days');
$str->hour = get_string('hour');
$str->hours = get_string('hours');
$str->min = get_string('min');
$str->mins = get_string('mins');
$str->sec = get_string('sec');
$str->secs = get_string('secs');
$str->year = get_string('year');
$str->years = get_string('years');
}
$years = floor($totalsecs/YEARSECS);
$remainder = $totalsecs - ($years*YEARSECS);
$days = floor($remainder/DAYSECS);
$remainder = $totalsecs - ($days*DAYSECS);
$hours = floor($remainder/HOURSECS);
$remainder = $remainder - ($hours*HOURSECS);
$mins = floor($remainder/MINSECS);
$secs = $remainder - ($mins*MINSECS);
$ss = ($secs == 1) ? $str->sec : $str->secs;
$sm = ($mins == 1) ? $str->min : $str->mins;
$sh = ($hours == 1) ? $str->hour : $str->hours;
$sd = ($days == 1) ? $str->day : $str->days;
$sy = ($years == 1) ? $str->year : $str->years;
$oyears = '';
$odays = '';
$ohours = '';
$omins = '';
$osecs = '';
if ($years) {
$oyears = $years .' '. $sy;
}
if ($days) {
$odays = $days .' '. $sd;
}
if ($hours) {
$ohours = $hours .' '. $sh;
}
if ($mins) {
$omins = $mins .' '. $sm;
}
if ($secs) {
$osecs = $secs .' '. $ss;
}
if ($years) {
return trim($oyears .' '. $odays);
}
if ($days) {
return trim($odays .' '. $ohours);
}
if ($hours) {
return trim($ohours .' '. $omins);
}
if ($mins) {
return trim($omins .' '. $osecs);
}
if ($secs) {
return $osecs;
}
return get_string('now');
}
/**
* Returns a formatted string that represents a date in user time.
*
* @package core
* @category time
* @param int $date the timestamp in UTC, as obtained from the database.
* @param string $format strftime format. You should probably get this using
* get_string('strftime...', 'langconfig');
* @param int|float|string $timezone by default, uses the user's time zone. if numeric and
* not 99 then daylight saving will not be added.
< * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone}
> * {@link https://moodledev.io/docs/apis/subsystems/time#timezone}
* @param bool $fixday If true (default) then the leading zero from %d is removed.
* If false then the leading zero is maintained.
* @param bool $fixhour If true (default) then the leading zero from %I is removed.
* @return string the formatted date/time.
*/
function userdate($date, $format = '', $timezone = 99, $fixday = true, $fixhour = true) {
$calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance();
return $calendartype->timestamp_to_date_string($date, $format, $timezone, $fixday, $fixhour);
}
/**
* Returns a html "time" tag with both the exact user date with timezone information
* as a datetime attribute in the W3C format, and the user readable date and time as text.
*
* @package core
* @category time
* @param int $date the timestamp in UTC, as obtained from the database.
* @param string $format strftime format. You should probably get this using
* get_string('strftime...', 'langconfig');
* @param int|float|string $timezone by default, uses the user's time zone. if numeric and
* not 99 then daylight saving will not be added.
< * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone}
> * {@link https://moodledev.io/docs/apis/subsystems/time#timezone}
* @param bool $fixday If true (default) then the leading zero from %d is removed.
* If false then the leading zero is maintained.
* @param bool $fixhour If true (default) then the leading zero from %I is removed.
* @return string the formatted date/time.
*/
function userdate_htmltime($date, $format = '', $timezone = 99, $fixday = true, $fixhour = true) {
$userdatestr = userdate($date, $format, $timezone, $fixday, $fixhour);
if (CLI_SCRIPT && !PHPUNIT_TEST) {
return $userdatestr;
}
$machinedate = new DateTime();
$machinedate->setTimestamp(intval($date));
$machinedate->setTimezone(core_date::get_user_timezone_object());
return html_writer::tag('time', $userdatestr, ['datetime' => $machinedate->format(DateTime::W3C)]);
}
/**
* Returns a formatted date ensuring it is UTF-8.
*
* If we are running under Windows convert to Windows encoding and then back to UTF-8
* (because it's impossible to specify UTF-8 to fetch locale info in Win32).
*
* @param int $date the timestamp - since Moodle 2.9 this is a real UTC timestamp
* @param string $format strftime format.
* @param int|float|string $tz the user timezone
* @return string the formatted date/time.
* @since Moodle 2.3.3
*/
function date_format_string($date, $format, $tz = 99) {
< global $CFG;
<
< $localewincharset = null;
< // Get the calendar type user is using.
< if ($CFG->ostype == 'WINDOWS') {
< $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance();
< $localewincharset = $calendartype->locale_win_charset();
< }
<
< if ($localewincharset) {
< $format = core_text::convert($format, 'utf-8', $localewincharset);
< }
date_default_timezone_set(core_date::get_user_timezone($tz));
< if (strftime('%p', 0) === strftime('%p', HOURSECS * 18)) {
> if (date('A', 0) === date('A', HOURSECS * 18)) {
$datearray = getdate($date);
$format = str_replace([
'%P',
'%p',
], [
$datearray['hours'] < 12 ? get_string('am', 'langconfig') : get_string('pm', 'langconfig'),
$datearray['hours'] < 12 ? get_string('amcaps', 'langconfig') : get_string('pmcaps', 'langconfig'),
], $format);
}
< $datestring = strftime($format, $date);
> $datestring = core_date::strftime($format, $date);
core_date::set_default_server_timezone();
< if ($localewincharset) {
< $datestring = core_text::convert($datestring, $localewincharset, 'utf-8');
< }
<
return $datestring;
}
/**
* Given a $time timestamp in GMT (seconds since epoch),
* returns an array that represents the Gregorian date in user time
*
* @package core
* @category time
* @param int $time Timestamp in GMT
* @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone
* @return array An array that represents the date in user time
*/
function usergetdate($time, $timezone=99) {
if ($time === null) {
// PHP8 and PHP7 return different results when getdate(null) is called.
// Display warning and cast to 0 to make sure the usergetdate() behaves consistently on all versions of PHP.
// In the future versions of Moodle we may consider adding a strict typehint.
debugging('usergetdate() expects parameter $time to be int, null given', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
$time = 0;
}
date_default_timezone_set(core_date::get_user_timezone($timezone));
$result = getdate($time);
core_date::set_default_server_timezone();
return $result;
}
/**
* Given a GMT timestamp (seconds since epoch), offsets it by
* the timezone. eg 3pm in India is 3pm GMT - 7 * 3600 seconds
*
* NOTE: this function does not include DST properly,
* you should use the PHP date stuff instead!
*
* @package core
* @category time
* @param int $date Timestamp in GMT
* @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone
* @return int
*/
function usertime($date, $timezone=99) {
$userdate = new DateTime('@' . $date);
$userdate->setTimezone(core_date::get_user_timezone_object($timezone));
$dst = dst_offset_on($date, $timezone);
return $date - $userdate->getOffset() + $dst;
}
/**
* Get a formatted string representation of an interval between two unix timestamps.
*
* E.g.
* $intervalstring = get_time_interval_string(12345600, 12345660);
* Will produce the string:
* '0d 0h 1m'
*
* @param int $time1 unix timestamp
* @param int $time2 unix timestamp
* @param string $format string (can be lang string) containing format chars: https://www.php.net/manual/en/dateinterval.format.php.
> * @param bool $dropzeroes If format is not provided and this is set to true, do not include zero time units.
* @return string the formatted string describing the time difference, e.g. '10d 11h 45m'.
> * e.g. a duration of 3 days and 2 hours will be displayed as '3d 2h' instead of '3d 2h 0s'
*/
> * @param bool $fullformat If format is not provided and this is set to true, display time units in full format.
function get_time_interval_string(int $time1, int $time2, string $format = ''): string {
> * e.g. instead of showing "3d", "3 days" will be returned.
< function get_time_interval_string(int $time1, int $time2, string $format = ''): string {
> function get_time_interval_string(int $time1, int $time2, string $format = '',
> bool $dropzeroes = false, bool $fullformat = false): string {
$dtdate->setTimeStamp($time1);
$dtdate2 = new DateTime();
$dtdate2->setTimeStamp($time2);
$interval = $dtdate2->diff($dtdate);
< $format = empty($format) ? get_string('dateintervaldayshoursmins', 'langconfig') : $format;
>
> if (empty(trim($format))) {
> // Default to this key.
> $formatkey = 'dateintervaldayhrmin';
>
> if ($dropzeroes) {
> $units = [
> 'y' => 'yr',
> 'm' => 'mo',
> 'd' => 'day',
> 'h' => 'hr',
> 'i' => 'min',
> 's' => 'sec',
> ];
> $formatunits = [];
> foreach ($units as $key => $unit) {
> if (empty($interval->$key)) {
> continue;
> }
> $formatunits[] = $unit;
> }
> if (!empty($formatunits)) {
> $formatkey = 'dateinterval' . implode("", $formatunits);
> }
> }
>
> if ($fullformat) {
> $formatkey .= 'full';
> }
> $format = get_string($formatkey, 'langconfig');
> }
return $interval->format($format);
}
/**
* Given a time, return the GMT timestamp of the most recent midnight
* for the current user.
*
* @package core
* @category time
* @param int $date Timestamp in GMT
* @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone
* @return int Returns a GMT timestamp
*/
function usergetmidnight($date, $timezone=99) {
$userdate = usergetdate($date, $timezone);
// Time of midnight of this user's day, in GMT.
return make_timestamp($userdate['year'], $userdate['mon'], $userdate['mday'], 0, 0, 0, $timezone);
}
/**
* Returns a string that prints the user's timezone
*
* @package core
* @category time
* @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone
* @return string
*/
function usertimezone($timezone=99) {
$tz = core_date::get_user_timezone($timezone);
return core_date::get_localised_timezone($tz);
}
/**
* Returns a float or a string which denotes the user's timezone
* A float value means that a simple offset from GMT is used, while a string (it will be the name of a timezone in the database)
* means that for this timezone there are also DST rules to be taken into account
* Checks various settings and picks the most dominant of those which have a value
*
* @package core
* @category time
* @param float|int|string $tz timezone to calculate GMT time offset before
* calculating user timezone, 99 is default user timezone
< * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone}
> * {@link https://moodledev.io/docs/apis/subsystems/time#timezone}
* @return float|string
*/
function get_user_timezone($tz = 99) {
global $USER, $CFG;
$timezones = array(
$tz,
isset($CFG->forcetimezone) ? $CFG->forcetimezone : 99,
isset($USER->timezone) ? $USER->timezone : 99,
isset($CFG->timezone) ? $CFG->timezone : 99,
);
$tz = 99;
// Loop while $tz is, empty but not zero, or 99, and there is another timezone is the array.
foreach ($timezones as $nextvalue) {
if ((empty($tz) && !is_numeric($tz)) || $tz == 99) {
$tz = $nextvalue;
}
}
return is_numeric($tz) ? (float) $tz : $tz;
}
/**
* Calculates the Daylight Saving Offset for a given date/time (timestamp)
* - Note: Daylight saving only works for string timezones and not for float.
*
* @package core
* @category time
* @param int $time must NOT be compensated at all, it has to be a pure timestamp
* @param int|float|string $strtimezone user timezone
* @return int
*/
function dst_offset_on($time, $strtimezone = null) {
$tz = core_date::get_user_timezone($strtimezone);
$date = new DateTime('@' . $time);
$date->setTimezone(new DateTimeZone($tz));
if ($date->format('I') == '1') {
if ($tz === 'Australia/Lord_Howe') {
return 1800;
}
return 3600;
}
return 0;
}
/**
* Calculates when the day appears in specific month
*
* @package core
* @category time
* @param int $startday starting day of the month
* @param int $weekday The day when week starts (normally taken from user preferences)
* @param int $month The month whose day is sought
* @param int $year The year of the month whose day is sought
* @return int
*/
function find_day_in_month($startday, $weekday, $month, $year) {
$calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance();
$daysinmonth = days_in_month($month, $year);
$daysinweek = count($calendartype->get_weekdays());
if ($weekday == -1) {
// Don't care about weekday, so return:
// abs($startday) if $startday != -1
// $daysinmonth otherwise.
return ($startday == -1) ? $daysinmonth : abs($startday);
}
// From now on we 're looking for a specific weekday.
// Give "end of month" its actual value, since we know it.
if ($startday == -1) {
$startday = -1 * $daysinmonth;
}
// Starting from day $startday, the sign is the direction.
if ($startday < 1) {
$startday = abs($startday);
$lastmonthweekday = dayofweek($daysinmonth, $month, $year);
// This is the last such weekday of the month.
$lastinmonth = $daysinmonth + $weekday - $lastmonthweekday;
if ($lastinmonth > $daysinmonth) {
$lastinmonth -= $daysinweek;
}
// Find the first such weekday <= $startday.
while ($lastinmonth > $startday) {
$lastinmonth -= $daysinweek;
}
return $lastinmonth;
} else {
$indexweekday = dayofweek($startday, $month, $year);
$diff = $weekday - $indexweekday;
if ($diff < 0) {
$diff += $daysinweek;
}
// This is the first such weekday of the month equal to or after $startday.
$firstfromindex = $startday + $diff;
return $firstfromindex;
}
}
/**
* Calculate the number of days in a given month
*
* @package core
* @category time
* @param int $month The month whose day count is sought
* @param int $year The year of the month whose day count is sought
* @return int
*/
function days_in_month($month, $year) {
$calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance();
return $calendartype->get_num_days_in_month($year, $month);
}
/**
* Calculate the position in the week of a specific calendar day
*
* @package core
* @category time
* @param int $day The day of the date whose position in the week is sought
* @param int $month The month of the date whose position in the week is sought
* @param int $year The year of the date whose position in the week is sought
* @return int
*/
function dayofweek($day, $month, $year) {
$calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance();
return $calendartype->get_weekday($year, $month, $day);
}
// USER AUTHENTICATION AND LOGIN.
/**
* Returns full login url.
*
* Any form submissions for authentication to this URL must include username,
* password as well as a logintoken generated by \core\session\manager::get_login_token().
*
* @return string login url
*/
function get_login_url() {
global $CFG;
return "$CFG->wwwroot/login/index.php";
}
/**
* This function checks that the current user is logged in and has the
* required privileges
*
* This function checks that the current user is logged in, and optionally
* whether they are allowed to be in a particular course and view a particular
* course module.
* If they are not logged in, then it redirects them to the site login unless
* $autologinguest is set and {@link $CFG}->autologinguests is set to 1 in which
* case they are automatically logged in as guests.
* If $courseid is given and the user is not enrolled in that course then the
* user is redirected to the course enrolment page.
* If $cm is given and the course module is hidden and the user is not a teacher
* in the course then the user is redirected to the course home page.
*
* When $cm parameter specified, this function sets page layout to 'module'.
* You need to change it manually later if some other layout needed.
*
* @package core_access
* @category access
*
* @param mixed $courseorid id of the course or course object
* @param bool $autologinguest default true
* @param object $cm course module object
* @param bool $setwantsurltome Define if we want to set $SESSION->wantsurl, defaults to
* true. Used to avoid (=false) some scripts (file.php...) to set that variable,
* in order to keep redirects working properly. MDL-14495
* @param bool $preventredirect set to true in scripts that can not redirect (CLI, rss feeds, etc.), throws exceptions
* @return mixed Void, exit, and die depending on path
* @throws coding_exception
* @throws require_login_exception
* @throws moodle_exception
*/
function require_login($courseorid = null, $autologinguest = true, $cm = null, $setwantsurltome = true, $preventredirect = false) {
global $CFG, $SESSION, $USER, $PAGE, $SITE, $DB, $OUTPUT;
// Must not redirect when byteserving already started.
if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_RANGE'])) {
$preventredirect = true;
}
if (AJAX_SCRIPT) {
// We cannot redirect for AJAX scripts either.
$preventredirect = true;
}
// Setup global $COURSE, themes, language and locale.
if (!empty($courseorid)) {
if (is_object($courseorid)) {
$course = $courseorid;
} else if ($courseorid == SITEID) {
$course = clone($SITE);
} else {
$course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $courseorid), '*', MUST_EXIST);
}
if ($cm) {
if ($cm->course != $course->id) {
throw new coding_exception('course and cm parameters in require_login() call do not match!!');
}
// Make sure we have a $cm from get_fast_modinfo as this contains activity access details.
if (!($cm instanceof cm_info)) {
// Note: nearly all pages call get_fast_modinfo anyway and it does not make any
// db queries so this is not really a performance concern, however it is obviously
// better if you use get_fast_modinfo to get the cm before calling this.
$modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($course);
$cm = $modinfo->get_cm($cm->id);
}
}
} else {
// Do not touch global $COURSE via $PAGE->set_course(),
// the reasons is we need to be able to call require_login() at any time!!
$course = $SITE;
if ($cm) {
throw new coding_exception('cm parameter in require_login() requires valid course parameter!');
}
}
// If this is an AJAX request and $setwantsurltome is true then we need to override it and set it to false.
// Otherwise the AJAX request URL will be set to $SESSION->wantsurl and events such as self enrolment in the future
// risk leading the user back to the AJAX request URL.
if ($setwantsurltome && defined('AJAX_SCRIPT') && AJAX_SCRIPT) {
$setwantsurltome = false;
}
// Redirect to the login page if session has expired, only with dbsessions enabled (MDL-35029) to maintain current behaviour.
if ((!isloggedin() or isguestuser()) && !empty($SESSION->has_timed_out) && !empty($CFG->dbsessions)) {
if ($preventredirect) {
throw new require_login_session_timeout_exception();
} else {
if ($setwantsurltome) {
$SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me();
}
redirect(get_login_url());
}
}
// If the user is not even logged in yet then make sure they are.
if (!isloggedin()) {
< if ($autologinguest and !empty($CFG->guestloginbutton) and !empty($CFG->autologinguests)) {
> if ($autologinguest && !empty($CFG->autologinguests)) {
if (!$guest = get_complete_user_data('id', $CFG->siteguest)) {
// Misconfigured site guest, just redirect to login page.
redirect(get_login_url());
exit; // Never reached.
}
$lang = isset($SESSION->lang) ? $SESSION->lang : $CFG->lang;
complete_user_login($guest);
$USER->autologinguest = true;
$SESSION->lang = $lang;
} else {
// NOTE: $USER->site check was obsoleted by session test cookie, $USER->confirmed test is in login/index.php.
if ($preventredirect) {
throw new require_login_exception('You are not logged in');
}
if ($setwantsurltome) {
$SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me();
}
// Give auth plugins an opportunity to authenticate or redirect to an external login page
$authsequence = get_enabled_auth_plugins(); // Auths, in sequence.
foreach($authsequence as $authname) {
$authplugin = get_auth_plugin($authname);
$authplugin->pre_loginpage_hook();
if (isloggedin()) {
if ($cm) {
$modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($course);
$cm = $modinfo->get_cm($cm->id);
}
set_access_log_user();
break;
}
}
// If we're still not logged in then go to the login page
if (!isloggedin()) {
redirect(get_login_url());
exit; // Never reached.
}
}
}
// Loginas as redirection if needed.
if ($course->id != SITEID and \core\session\manager::is_loggedinas()) {
if ($USER->loginascontext->contextlevel == CONTEXT_COURSE) {
if ($USER->loginascontext->instanceid != $course->id) {
< print_error('loginasonecourse', '', $CFG->wwwroot.'/course/view.php?id='.$USER->loginascontext->instanceid);
> throw new \moodle_exception('loginasonecourse', '',
> $CFG->wwwroot.'/course/view.php?id='.$USER->loginascontext->instanceid);
}
}
}
// Check whether the user should be changing password (but only if it is REALLY them).
if (get_user_preferences('auth_forcepasswordchange') && !\core\session\manager::is_loggedinas()) {
$userauth = get_auth_plugin($USER->auth);
if ($userauth->can_change_password() and !$preventredirect) {
if ($setwantsurltome) {
$SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me();
}
if ($changeurl = $userauth->change_password_url()) {
// Use plugin custom url.
redirect($changeurl);
} else {
// Use moodle internal method.
redirect($CFG->wwwroot .'/login/change_password.php');
}
} else if ($userauth->can_change_password()) {
throw new moodle_exception('forcepasswordchangenotice');
} else {
throw new moodle_exception('nopasswordchangeforced', 'auth');
}
}
// Check that the user account is properly set up. If we can't redirect to
// edit their profile and this is not a WS request, perform just the lax check.
// It will allow them to use filepicker on the profile edit page.
if ($preventredirect && !WS_SERVER) {
$usernotfullysetup = user_not_fully_set_up($USER, false);
} else {
$usernotfullysetup = user_not_fully_set_up($USER, true);
}
if ($usernotfullysetup) {
if ($preventredirect) {
throw new moodle_exception('usernotfullysetup');
}
if ($setwantsurltome) {
$SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me();
}
redirect($CFG->wwwroot .'/user/edit.php?id='. $USER->id .'&course='. SITEID);
}
// Make sure the USER has a sesskey set up. Used for CSRF protection.
sesskey();
if (\core\session\manager::is_loggedinas()) {
// During a "logged in as" session we should force all content to be cleaned because the
// logged in user will be viewing potentially malicious user generated content.
// See MDL-63786 for more details.
$CFG->forceclean = true;
}
$afterlogins = get_plugins_with_function('after_require_login', 'lib.php');
// Do not bother admins with any formalities, except for activities pending deletion.
if (is_siteadmin() && !($cm && $cm->deletioninprogress)) {
// Set the global $COURSE.
if ($cm) {
$PAGE->set_cm($cm, $course);
$PAGE->set_pagelayout('incourse');
} else if (!empty($courseorid)) {
$PAGE->set_course($course);
}
// Set accesstime or the user will appear offline which messes up messaging.
// Do not update access time for webservice or ajax requests.
if (!WS_SERVER && !AJAX_SCRIPT) {
user_accesstime_log($course->id);
}
foreach ($afterlogins as $plugintype => $plugins) {
foreach ($plugins as $pluginfunction) {
$pluginfunction($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
}
}
return;
}
// Scripts have a chance to declare that $USER->policyagreed should not be checked.
// This is mostly for places where users are actually accepting the policies, to avoid the redirect loop.
if (!defined('NO_SITEPOLICY_CHECK')) {
define('NO_SITEPOLICY_CHECK', false);
}
// Check that the user has agreed to a site policy if there is one - do not test in case of admins.
// Do not test if the script explicitly asked for skipping the site policies check.
// Or if the user auth type is webservice.
if (!$USER->policyagreed && !is_siteadmin() && !NO_SITEPOLICY_CHECK && $USER->auth !== 'webservice') {
$manager = new \core_privacy\local\sitepolicy\manager();
if ($policyurl = $manager->get_redirect_url(isguestuser())) {
if ($preventredirect) {
throw new moodle_exception('sitepolicynotagreed', 'error', '', $policyurl->out());
}
if ($setwantsurltome) {
$SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me();
}
redirect($policyurl);
}
}
// Fetch the system context, the course context, and prefetch its child contexts.
$sysctx = context_system::instance();
$coursecontext = context_course::instance($course->id, MUST_EXIST);
if ($cm) {
$cmcontext = context_module::instance($cm->id, MUST_EXIST);
} else {
$cmcontext = null;
}
// If the site is currently under maintenance, then print a message.
if (!empty($CFG->maintenance_enabled) and !has_capability('moodle/site:maintenanceaccess', $sysctx)) {
if ($preventredirect) {
throw new require_login_exception('Maintenance in progress');
}
$PAGE->set_context(null);
print_maintenance_message();
}
// Make sure the course itself is not hidden.
if ($course->id == SITEID) {
// Frontpage can not be hidden.
} else {
if (is_role_switched($course->id)) {
// When switching roles ignore the hidden flag - user had to be in course to do the switch.
} else {
if (!$course->visible and !has_capability('moodle/course:viewhiddencourses', $coursecontext)) {
// Originally there was also test of parent category visibility, BUT is was very slow in complex queries
// involving "my courses" now it is also possible to simply hide all courses user is not enrolled in :-).
if ($preventredirect) {
throw new require_login_exception('Course is hidden');
}
$PAGE->set_context(null);
// We need to override the navigation URL as the course won't have been added to the navigation and thus
// the navigation will mess up when trying to find it.
navigation_node::override_active_url(new moodle_url('/'));
notice(get_string('coursehidden'), $CFG->wwwroot .'/');
}
}
}
// Is the user enrolled?
if ($course->id == SITEID) {
// Everybody is enrolled on the frontpage.
} else {
if (\core\session\manager::is_loggedinas()) {
// Make sure the REAL person can access this course first.
$realuser = \core\session\manager::get_realuser();
if (!is_enrolled($coursecontext, $realuser->id, '', true) and
!is_viewing($coursecontext, $realuser->id) and !is_siteadmin($realuser->id)) {
if ($preventredirect) {
throw new require_login_exception('Invalid course login-as access');
}
$PAGE->set_context(null);
echo $OUTPUT->header();
notice(get_string('studentnotallowed', '', fullname($USER, true)), $CFG->wwwroot .'/');
}
}
$access = false;
if (is_role_switched($course->id)) {
// Ok, user had to be inside this course before the switch.
$access = true;
} else if (is_viewing($coursecontext, $USER)) {
// Ok, no need to mess with enrol.
$access = true;
} else {
if (isset($USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id])) {
if ($USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id] > time()) {
$access = true;
if (isset($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id])) {
unset($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id]);
remove_temp_course_roles($coursecontext);
}
} else {
// Expired.
unset($USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id]);
}
}
if (isset($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id])) {
if ($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id] == 0) {
$access = true;
} else if ($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id] > time()) {
$access = true;
} else {
// Expired.
unset($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id]);
remove_temp_course_roles($coursecontext);
}
}
if (!$access) {
// Cache not ok.
$until = enrol_get_enrolment_end($coursecontext->instanceid, $USER->id);
if ($until !== false) {
// Active participants may always access, a timestamp in the future, 0 (always) or false.
if ($until == 0) {
$until = ENROL_MAX_TIMESTAMP;
}
$USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id] = $until;
$access = true;
} else if (core_course_category::can_view_course_info($course)) {
$params = array('courseid' => $course->id, 'status' => ENROL_INSTANCE_ENABLED);
$instances = $DB->get_records('enrol', $params, 'sortorder, id ASC');
$enrols = enrol_get_plugins(true);
// First ask all enabled enrol instances in course if they want to auto enrol user.
foreach ($instances as $instance) {
if (!isset($enrols[$instance->enrol])) {
continue;
}
// Get a duration for the enrolment, a timestamp in the future, 0 (always) or false.
$until = $enrols[$instance->enrol]->try_autoenrol($instance);
if ($until !== false) {
if ($until == 0) {
$until = ENROL_MAX_TIMESTAMP;
}
$USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id] = $until;
$access = true;
break;
}
}
// If not enrolled yet try to gain temporary guest access.
if (!$access) {
foreach ($instances as $instance) {
if (!isset($enrols[$instance->enrol])) {
continue;
}
// Get a duration for the guest access, a timestamp in the future or false.
$until = $enrols[$instance->enrol]->try_guestaccess($instance);
if ($until !== false and $until > time()) {
$USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id] = $until;
$access = true;
break;
}
}
}
} else {
// User is not enrolled and is not allowed to browse courses here.
if ($preventredirect) {
throw new require_login_exception('Course is not available');
}
$PAGE->set_context(null);
// We need to override the navigation URL as the course won't have been added to the navigation and thus
// the navigation will mess up when trying to find it.
navigation_node::override_active_url(new moodle_url('/'));
notice(get_string('coursehidden'), $CFG->wwwroot .'/');
}
}
}
if (!$access) {
if ($preventredirect) {
throw new require_login_exception('Not enrolled');
}
if ($setwantsurltome) {
$SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me();
}
redirect($CFG->wwwroot .'/enrol/index.php?id='. $course->id);
}
}
// Check whether the activity has been scheduled for deletion. If so, then deny access, even for admins.
if ($cm && $cm->deletioninprogress) {
if ($preventredirect) {
throw new moodle_exception('activityisscheduledfordeletion');
}
require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/course/lib.php');
redirect(course_get_url($course), get_string('activityisscheduledfordeletion', 'error'));
}
// Check visibility of activity to current user; includes visible flag, conditional availability, etc.
if ($cm && !$cm->uservisible) {
if ($preventredirect) {
throw new require_login_exception('Activity is hidden');
}
// Get the error message that activity is not available and why (if explanation can be shown to the user).
$PAGE->set_course($course);
$renderer = $PAGE->get_renderer('course');
$message = $renderer->course_section_cm_unavailable_error_message($cm);
redirect(course_get_url($course), $message, null, \core\output\notification::NOTIFY_ERROR);
}
// Set the global $COURSE.
if ($cm) {
$PAGE->set_cm($cm, $course);
$PAGE->set_pagelayout('incourse');
} else if (!empty($courseorid)) {
$PAGE->set_course($course);
}
foreach ($afterlogins as $plugintype => $plugins) {
foreach ($plugins as $pluginfunction) {
$pluginfunction($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
}
}
// Finally access granted, update lastaccess times.
// Do not update access time for webservice or ajax requests.
if (!WS_SERVER && !AJAX_SCRIPT) {
user_accesstime_log($course->id);
}
}
/**
* A convenience function for where we must be logged in as admin
* @return void
*/
function require_admin() {
require_login(null, false);
require_capability('moodle/site:config', context_system::instance());
}
/**
* This function just makes sure a user is logged out.
*
* @package core_access
* @category access
*/
function require_logout() {
global $USER, $DB;
if (!isloggedin()) {
// This should not happen often, no need for hooks or events here.
\core\session\manager::terminate_current();
return;
}
// Execute hooks before action.
$authplugins = array();
$authsequence = get_enabled_auth_plugins();
foreach ($authsequence as $authname) {
$authplugins[$authname] = get_auth_plugin($authname);
$authplugins[$authname]->prelogout_hook();
}
// Store info that gets removed during logout.
$sid = session_id();
$event = \core\event\user_loggedout::create(
array(
'userid' => $USER->id,
'objectid' => $USER->id,
'other' => array('sessionid' => $sid),
)
);
if ($session = $DB->get_record('sessions', array('sid'=>$sid))) {
$event->add_record_snapshot('sessions', $session);
}
// Clone of $USER object to be used by auth plugins.
$user = fullclone($USER);
// Delete session record and drop $_SESSION content.
\core\session\manager::terminate_current();
// Trigger event AFTER action.
$event->trigger();
// Hook to execute auth plugins redirection after event trigger.
foreach ($authplugins as $authplugin) {
$authplugin->postlogout_hook($user);
}
}
/**
* Weaker version of require_login()
*
* This is a weaker version of {@link require_login()} which only requires login
* when called from within a course rather than the site page, unless
* the forcelogin option is turned on.
* @see require_login()
*
* @package core_access
* @category access
*
* @param mixed $courseorid The course object or id in question
* @param bool $autologinguest Allow autologin guests if that is wanted
* @param object $cm Course activity module if known
* @param bool $setwantsurltome Define if we want to set $SESSION->wantsurl, defaults to
* true. Used to avoid (=false) some scripts (file.php...) to set that variable,
* in order to keep redirects working properly. MDL-14495
* @param bool $preventredirect set to true in scripts that can not redirect (CLI, rss feeds, etc.), throws exceptions
* @return void
* @throws coding_exception
*/
function require_course_login($courseorid, $autologinguest = true, $cm = null, $setwantsurltome = true, $preventredirect = false) {
global $CFG, $PAGE, $SITE;
$issite = ((is_object($courseorid) and $courseorid->id == SITEID)
or (!is_object($courseorid) and $courseorid == SITEID));
if ($issite && !empty($cm) && !($cm instanceof cm_info)) {
// Note: nearly all pages call get_fast_modinfo anyway and it does not make any
// db queries so this is not really a performance concern, however it is obviously
// better if you use get_fast_modinfo to get the cm before calling this.
if (is_object($courseorid)) {
$course = $courseorid;
} else {
$course = clone($SITE);
}
$modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($course);
$cm = $modinfo->get_cm($cm->id);
}
if (!empty($CFG->forcelogin)) {
// Login required for both SITE and courses.
require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
} else if ($issite && !empty($cm) and !$cm->uservisible) {
// Always login for hidden activities.
require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
} else if (isloggedin() && !isguestuser()) {
// User is already logged in. Make sure the login is complete (user is fully setup, policies agreed).
require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
} else if ($issite) {
// Login for SITE not required.
// We still need to instatiate PAGE vars properly so that things that rely on it like navigation function correctly.
if (!empty($courseorid)) {
if (is_object($courseorid)) {
$course = $courseorid;
} else {
$course = clone $SITE;
}
if ($cm) {
if ($cm->course != $course->id) {
throw new coding_exception('course and cm parameters in require_course_login() call do not match!!');
}
$PAGE->set_cm($cm, $course);
$PAGE->set_pagelayout('incourse');
} else {
$PAGE->set_course($course);
}
} else {
// If $PAGE->course, and hence $PAGE->context, have not already been set up properly, set them up now.
$PAGE->set_course($PAGE->course);
}
// Do not update access time for webservice or ajax requests.
if (!WS_SERVER && !AJAX_SCRIPT) {
user_accesstime_log(SITEID);
}
return;
} else {
// Course login always required.
require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
}
}
/**
* Validates a user key, checking if the key exists, is not expired and the remote ip is correct.
*
* @param string $keyvalue the key value
* @param string $script unique script identifier
* @param int $instance instance id
* @return stdClass the key entry in the user_private_key table
* @since Moodle 3.2
* @throws moodle_exception
*/
function validate_user_key($keyvalue, $script, $instance) {
global $DB;
if (!$key = $DB->get_record('user_private_key', array('script' => $script, 'value' => $keyvalue, 'instance' => $instance))) {
< print_error('invalidkey');
> throw new \moodle_exception('invalidkey');
}
if (!empty($key->validuntil) and $key->validuntil < time()) {
< print_error('expiredkey');
> throw new \moodle_exception('expiredkey');
}
if ($key->iprestriction) {
$remoteaddr = getremoteaddr(null);
if (empty($remoteaddr) or !address_in_subnet($remoteaddr, $key->iprestriction)) {
< print_error('ipmismatch');
> throw new \moodle_exception('ipmismatch');
}
}
return $key;
}
/**
* Require key login. Function terminates with error if key not found or incorrect.
*
* @uses NO_MOODLE_COOKIES
* @uses PARAM_ALPHANUM
* @param string $script unique script identifier
* @param int $instance optional instance id
* @param string $keyvalue The key. If not supplied, this will be fetched from the current session.
* @return int Instance ID
*/
function require_user_key_login($script, $instance = null, $keyvalue = null) {
global $DB;
if (!NO_MOODLE_COOKIES) {
< print_error('sessioncookiesdisable');
> throw new \moodle_exception('sessioncookiesdisable');
}
// Extra safety.
\core\session\manager::write_close();
if (null === $keyvalue) {
$keyvalue = required_param('key', PARAM_ALPHANUM);
}
$key = validate_user_key($keyvalue, $script, $instance);
if (!$user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $key->userid))) {
< print_error('invaliduserid');
> throw new \moodle_exception('invaliduserid');
}
core_user::require_active_user($user, true, true);
// Emulate normal session.
< enrol_check_plugins($user);
> enrol_check_plugins($user, false);
\core\session\manager::set_user($user);
// Note we are not using normal login.
if (!defined('USER_KEY_LOGIN')) {
define('USER_KEY_LOGIN', true);
}
// Return instance id - it might be empty.
return $key->instance;
}
/**
* Creates a new private user access key.
*
* @param string $script unique target identifier
* @param int $userid
* @param int $instance optional instance id
* @param string $iprestriction optional ip restricted access
* @param int $validuntil key valid only until given data
* @return string access key value
*/
function create_user_key($script, $userid, $instance=null, $iprestriction=null, $validuntil=null) {
global $DB;
$key = new stdClass();
$key->script = $script;
$key->userid = $userid;
$key->instance = $instance;
$key->iprestriction = $iprestriction;
$key->validuntil = $validuntil;
$key->timecreated = time();
// Something long and unique.
$key->value = md5($userid.'_'.time().random_string(40));
while ($DB->record_exists('user_private_key', array('value' => $key->value))) {
// Must be unique.
$key->value = md5($userid.'_'.time().random_string(40));
}
$DB->insert_record('user_private_key', $key);
return $key->value;
}
/**
* Delete the user's new private user access keys for a particular script.
*
* @param string $script unique target identifier
* @param int $userid
* @return void
*/
function delete_user_key($script, $userid) {
global $DB;
$DB->delete_records('user_private_key', array('script' => $script, 'userid' => $userid));
}
/**
* Gets a private user access key (and creates one if one doesn't exist).
*
* @param string $script unique target identifier
* @param int $userid
* @param int $instance optional instance id
* @param string $iprestriction optional ip restricted access
* @param int $validuntil key valid only until given date
* @return string access key value
*/
function get_user_key($script, $userid, $instance=null, $iprestriction=null, $validuntil=null) {
global $DB;
if ($key = $DB->get_record('user_private_key', array('script' => $script, 'userid' => $userid,
'instance' => $instance, 'iprestriction' => $iprestriction,
'validuntil' => $validuntil))) {
return $key->value;
} else {
return create_user_key($script, $userid, $instance, $iprestriction, $validuntil);
}
}
/**
* Modify the user table by setting the currently logged in user's last login to now.
*
* @return bool Always returns true
*/
function update_user_login_times() {
global $USER, $DB, $SESSION;
if (isguestuser()) {
// Do not update guest access times/ips for performance.
return true;
}
if (defined('USER_KEY_LOGIN') && USER_KEY_LOGIN === true) {
// Do not update user login time when using user key login.
return true;
}
$now = time();
$user = new stdClass();
$user->id = $USER->id;
// Make sure all users that logged in have some firstaccess.
if ($USER->firstaccess == 0) {
$USER->firstaccess = $user->firstaccess = $now;
}
// Store the previous current as lastlogin.
$USER->lastlogin = $user->lastlogin = $USER->currentlogin;
$USER->currentlogin = $user->currentlogin = $now;
// Function user_accesstime_log() may not update immediately, better do it here.
$USER->lastaccess = $user->lastaccess = $now;
$SESSION->userpreviousip = $USER->lastip;
$USER->lastip = $user->lastip = getremoteaddr();
// Note: do not call user_update_user() here because this is part of the login process,
// the login event means that these fields were updated.
$DB->update_record('user', $user);
return true;
}
/**
* Determines if a user has completed setting up their account.
*
* The lax mode (with $strict = false) has been introduced for special cases
* only where we want to skip certain checks intentionally. This is valid in
* certain mnet or ajax scenarios when the user cannot / should not be
* redirected to edit their profile. In most cases, you should perform the
* strict check.
*
* @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object to test for the existence of a valid name and email
* @param bool $strict Be more strict and assert id and custom profile fields set, too
* @return bool
*/
function user_not_fully_set_up($user, $strict = true) {
< global $CFG;
> global $CFG, $SESSION, $USER;
require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/profile/lib.php');
> // If the user is setup then store this in the session to avoid re-checking.
if (isguestuser($user)) {
> // Some edge cases are when the users email starts to bounce or the
return false;
> // configuration for custom fields has changed while they are logged in so
}
> // we re-check this fully every hour for the rare cases it has changed.
> if (isset($USER->id) && isset($user->id) && $USER->id === $user->id &&
if (empty($user->firstname) or empty($user->lastname) or empty($user->email) or over_bounce_threshold($user)) {
> isset($SESSION->fullysetupstrict) && (time() - $SESSION->fullysetupstrict) < HOURSECS) {
return true;
> return false;
}
> }
>
if ($strict) {
if (empty($user->id)) {
// Strict mode can be used with existing accounts only.
return true;
}
if (!profile_has_required_custom_fields_set($user->id)) {
return true;
}
> if (isset($USER->id) && isset($user->id) && $USER->id === $user->id) {
}
> $SESSION->fullysetupstrict = time();
> }
return false;
}
/**
* Check whether the user has exceeded the bounce threshold
*
* @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
* @return bool true => User has exceeded bounce threshold
*/
function over_bounce_threshold($user) {
global $CFG, $DB;
if (empty($CFG->handlebounces)) {
return false;
}
if (empty($user->id)) {
// No real (DB) user, nothing to do here.
return false;
}
// Set sensible defaults.
if (empty($CFG->minbounces)) {
$CFG->minbounces = 10;
}
if (empty($CFG->bounceratio)) {
$CFG->bounceratio = .20;
}
$bouncecount = 0;
$sendcount = 0;
if ($bounce = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array ('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => 'email_bounce_count'))) {
$bouncecount = $bounce->value;
}
if ($send = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => 'email_send_count'))) {
$sendcount = $send->value;
}
return ($bouncecount >= $CFG->minbounces && $bouncecount/$sendcount >= $CFG->bounceratio);
}
/**
* Used to increment or reset email sent count
*
* @param stdClass $user object containing an id
* @param bool $reset will reset the count to 0
* @return void
*/
function set_send_count($user, $reset=false) {
global $DB;
if (empty($user->id)) {
// No real (DB) user, nothing to do here.
return;
}
if ($pref = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => 'email_send_count'))) {
$pref->value = (!empty($reset)) ? 0 : $pref->value+1;
$DB->update_record('user_preferences', $pref);
} else if (!empty($reset)) {
// If it's not there and we're resetting, don't bother. Make a new one.
$pref = new stdClass();
$pref->name = 'email_send_count';
$pref->value = 1;
$pref->userid = $user->id;
$DB->insert_record('user_preferences', $pref, false);
}
}
/**
* Increment or reset user's email bounce count
*
* @param stdClass $user object containing an id
* @param bool $reset will reset the count to 0
*/
function set_bounce_count($user, $reset=false) {
global $DB;
if ($pref = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => 'email_bounce_count'))) {
$pref->value = (!empty($reset)) ? 0 : $pref->value+1;
$DB->update_record('user_preferences', $pref);
} else if (!empty($reset)) {
// If it's not there and we're resetting, don't bother. Make a new one.
$pref = new stdClass();
$pref->name = 'email_bounce_count';
$pref->value = 1;
$pref->userid = $user->id;
$DB->insert_record('user_preferences', $pref, false);
}
}
/**
* Determines if the logged in user is currently moving an activity
*
* @param int $courseid The id of the course being tested
* @return bool
*/
function ismoving($courseid) {
global $USER;
if (!empty($USER->activitycopy)) {
return ($USER->activitycopycourse == $courseid);
}
return false;
}
/**
* Returns a persons full name
*
* Given an object containing all of the users name values, this function returns a string with the full name of the person.
* The result may depend on system settings or language. 'override' will force the alternativefullnameformat to be used. In
* English, fullname as well as alternativefullnameformat is set to 'firstname lastname' by default. But you could have
* fullname set to 'firstname lastname' and alternativefullnameformat set to 'firstname middlename alternatename lastname'.
*
* @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object to get full name of.
* @param bool $override If true then the alternativefullnameformat format rather than fullnamedisplay format will be used.
* @return string
*/
function fullname($user, $override=false) {
< global $CFG, $SESSION;
> // Note: We do not intend to deprecate this function any time soon as it is too widely used at this time.
> // Uses of it should be updated to use the new API and pass updated arguments.
< if (!isset($user->firstname) and !isset($user->lastname)) {
> // Return an empty string if there is no user.
> if (empty($user)) {
return '';
}
< // Get all of the name fields.
< $allnames = \core_user\fields::get_name_fields();
< if ($CFG->debugdeveloper) {
< foreach ($allnames as $allname) {
< if (!property_exists($user, $allname)) {
< // If all the user name fields are not set in the user object, then notify the programmer that it needs to be fixed.
< debugging('You need to update your sql to include additional name fields in the user object.', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
< // Message has been sent, no point in sending the message multiple times.
< break;
< }
< }
< }
<
< if (!$override) {
< if (!empty($CFG->forcefirstname)) {
< $user->firstname = $CFG->forcefirstname;
< }
< if (!empty($CFG->forcelastname)) {
< $user->lastname = $CFG->forcelastname;
< }
< }
<
< if (!empty($SESSION->fullnamedisplay)) {
< $CFG->fullnamedisplay = $SESSION->fullnamedisplay;
< }
<
< $template = null;
< // If the fullnamedisplay setting is available, set the template to that.
< if (isset($CFG->fullnamedisplay)) {
< $template = $CFG->fullnamedisplay;
< }
< // If the template is empty, or set to language, return the language string.
< if ((empty($template) || $template == 'language') && !$override) {
< return get_string('fullnamedisplay', null, $user);
< }
<
< // Check to see if we are displaying according to the alternative full name format.
< if ($override) {
< if (empty($CFG->alternativefullnameformat) || $CFG->alternativefullnameformat == 'language') {
< // Default to show just the user names according to the fullnamedisplay string.
< return get_string('fullnamedisplay', null, $user);
< } else {
< // If the override is true, then change the template to use the complete name.
< $template = $CFG->alternativefullnameformat;
< }
< }
<
< $requirednames = array();
< // With each name, see if it is in the display name template, and add it to the required names array if it is.
< foreach ($allnames as $allname) {
< if (strpos($template, $allname) !== false) {
< $requirednames[] = $allname;
< }
< }
<
< $displayname = $template;
< // Switch in the actual data into the template.
< foreach ($requirednames as $altname) {
< if (isset($user->$altname)) {
< // Using empty() on the below if statement causes breakages.
< if ((string)$user->$altname == '') {
< $displayname = str_replace($altname, 'EMPTY', $displayname);
< } else {
< $displayname = str_replace($altname, $user->$altname, $displayname);
< }
< } else {
< $displayname = str_replace($altname, 'EMPTY', $displayname);
< }
< }
< // Tidy up any misc. characters (Not perfect, but gets most characters).
< // Don't remove the "u" at the end of the first expression unless you want garbled characters when combining hiragana or
< // katakana and parenthesis.
< $patterns = array();
< // This regular expression replacement is to fix problems such as 'James () Kirk' Where 'Tiberius' (middlename) has not been
< // filled in by a user.
< // The special characters are Japanese brackets that are common enough to make allowances for them (not covered by :punct:).
< $patterns[] = '/[[:punct:]「」]*EMPTY[[:punct:]「」]*/u';
< // This regular expression is to remove any double spaces in the display name.
< $patterns[] = '/\s{2,}/u';
< foreach ($patterns as $pattern) {
< $displayname = preg_replace($pattern, ' ', $displayname);
< }
<
< // Trimming $displayname will help the next check to ensure that we don't have a display name with spaces.
< $displayname = trim($displayname);
< if (empty($displayname)) {
< // Going with just the first name if no alternate fields are filled out. May be changed later depending on what
< // people in general feel is a good setting to fall back on.
< $displayname = $user->firstname;
< }
< return $displayname;
> $options = ['override' => $override];
> return core_user::get_fullname($user, null, $options);
}
/**
* Reduces lines of duplicated code for getting user name fields.
*
* See also {@link user_picture::unalias()}
*
* @param object $addtoobject Object to add user name fields to.
* @param object $secondobject Object that contains user name field information.
* @param string $prefix prefix to be added to all fields (including $additionalfields) e.g. authorfirstname.
* @param array $additionalfields Additional fields to be matched with data in the second object.
* The key can be set to the user table field name.
* @return object User name fields.
*/
function username_load_fields_from_object($addtoobject, $secondobject, $prefix = null, $additionalfields = null) {
$fields = [];
foreach (\core_user\fields::get_name_fields() as $field) {
$fields[$field] = $prefix . $field;
}
if ($additionalfields) {
// Additional fields can specify their own 'alias' such as 'id' => 'userid'. This checks to see if
// the key is a number and then sets the key to the array value.
foreach ($additionalfields as $key => $value) {
if (is_numeric($key)) {
$additionalfields[$value] = $prefix . $value;
unset($additionalfields[$key]);
} else {
$additionalfields[$key] = $prefix . $value;
}
}
$fields = array_merge($fields, $additionalfields);
}
foreach ($fields as $key => $field) {
// Important that we have all of the user name fields present in the object that we are sending back.
$addtoobject->$key = '';
if (isset($secondobject->$field)) {
$addtoobject->$key = $secondobject->$field;
}
}
return $addtoobject;
}
/**
* Returns an array of values in order of occurance in a provided string.
* The key in the result is the character postion in the string.
*
* @param array $values Values to be found in the string format
* @param string $stringformat The string which may contain values being searched for.
* @return array An array of values in order according to placement in the string format.
*/
function order_in_string($values, $stringformat) {
$valuearray = array();
foreach ($values as $value) {
$pattern = "/$value\b/";
// Using preg_match as strpos() may match values that are similar e.g. firstname and firstnamephonetic.
if (preg_match($pattern, $stringformat)) {
$replacement = "thing";
// Replace the value with something more unique to ensure we get the right position when using strpos().
$newformat = preg_replace($pattern, $replacement, $stringformat);
$position = strpos($newformat, $replacement);
$valuearray[$position] = $value;
}
}
ksort($valuearray);
return $valuearray;
}
/**
* Returns whether a given authentication plugin exists.
*
* @param string $auth Form of authentication to check for. Defaults to the global setting in {@link $CFG}.
* @return boolean Whether the plugin is available.
*/
function exists_auth_plugin($auth) {
global $CFG;
if (file_exists("{$CFG->dirroot}/auth/$auth/auth.php")) {
return is_readable("{$CFG->dirroot}/auth/$auth/auth.php");
}
return false;
}
/**
* Checks if a given plugin is in the list of enabled authentication plugins.
*
* @param string $auth Authentication plugin.
* @return boolean Whether the plugin is enabled.
*/
function is_enabled_auth($auth) {
if (empty($auth)) {
return false;
}
$enabled = get_enabled_auth_plugins();
return in_array($auth, $enabled);
}
/**
* Returns an authentication plugin instance.
*
* @param string $auth name of authentication plugin
* @return auth_plugin_base An instance of the required authentication plugin.
*/
function get_auth_plugin($auth) {
global $CFG;
// Check the plugin exists first.
if (! exists_auth_plugin($auth)) {
< print_error('authpluginnotfound', 'debug', '', $auth);
> throw new \moodle_exception('authpluginnotfound', 'debug', '', $auth);
}
// Return auth plugin instance.
require_once("{$CFG->dirroot}/auth/$auth/auth.php");
$class = "auth_plugin_$auth";
return new $class;
}
/**
* Returns array of active auth plugins.
*
* @param bool $fix fix $CFG->auth if needed. Only set if logged in as admin.
* @return array
*/
function get_enabled_auth_plugins($fix=false) {
global $CFG;
$default = array('manual', 'nologin');
if (empty($CFG->auth)) {
$auths = array();
} else {
$auths = explode(',', $CFG->auth);
}
$auths = array_unique($auths);
$oldauthconfig = implode(',', $auths);
foreach ($auths as $k => $authname) {
if (in_array($authname, $default)) {
// The manual and nologin plugin never need to be stored.
unset($auths[$k]);
} else if (!exists_auth_plugin($authname)) {
debugging(get_string('authpluginnotfound', 'debug', $authname));
unset($auths[$k]);
}
}
// Ideally only explicit interaction from a human admin should trigger a
// change in auth config, see MDL-70424 for details.
if ($fix) {
$newconfig = implode(',', $auths);
if (!isset($CFG->auth) or $newconfig != $CFG->auth) {
add_to_config_log('auth', $oldauthconfig, $newconfig, 'core');
set_config('auth', $newconfig);
}
}
return (array_merge($default, $auths));
}
/**
* Returns true if an internal authentication method is being used.
* if method not specified then, global default is assumed
*
* @param string $auth Form of authentication required
* @return bool
*/
function is_internal_auth($auth) {
// Throws error if bad $auth.
$authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
return $authplugin->is_internal();
}
/**
* Returns true if the user is a 'restored' one.
*
* Used in the login process to inform the user and allow him/her to reset the password
*
* @param string $username username to be checked
* @return bool
*/
function is_restored_user($username) {
global $CFG, $DB;
return $DB->record_exists('user', array('username' => $username, 'mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id, 'password' => 'restored'));
}
/**
* Returns an array of user fields
*
* @return array User field/column names
*/
function get_user_fieldnames() {
global $DB;
$fieldarray = $DB->get_columns('user');
unset($fieldarray['id']);
$fieldarray = array_keys($fieldarray);
return $fieldarray;
}
/**
* Returns the string of the language for the new user.
*
* @return string language for the new user
*/
function get_newuser_language() {
global $CFG, $SESSION;
return (!empty($CFG->autolangusercreation) && !empty($SESSION->lang)) ? $SESSION->lang : $CFG->lang;
}
/**
* Creates a bare-bones user record
*
* @todo Outline auth types and provide code example
*
* @param string $username New user's username to add to record
* @param string $password New user's password to add to record
* @param string $auth Form of authentication required
* @return stdClass A complete user object
*/
function create_user_record($username, $password, $auth = 'manual') {
global $CFG, $DB, $SESSION;
require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/profile/lib.php');
require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/lib.php');
// Just in case check text case.
$username = trim(core_text::strtolower($username));
$authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
$customfields = $authplugin->get_custom_user_profile_fields();
$newuser = new stdClass();
if ($newinfo = $authplugin->get_userinfo($username)) {
$newinfo = truncate_userinfo($newinfo);
foreach ($newinfo as $key => $value) {
if (in_array($key, $authplugin->userfields) || (in_array($key, $customfields))) {
$newuser->$key = $value;
}
}
}
if (!empty($newuser->email)) {
if (email_is_not_allowed($newuser->email)) {
unset($newuser->email);
}
}
$newuser->auth = $auth;
$newuser->username = $username;
// Fix for MDL-8480
// user CFG lang for user if $newuser->lang is empty
// or $user->lang is not an installed language.
if (empty($newuser->lang) || !get_string_manager()->translation_exists($newuser->lang)) {
$newuser->lang = get_newuser_language();
}
$newuser->confirmed = 1;
$newuser->lastip = getremoteaddr();
$newuser->timecreated = time();
$newuser->timemodified = $newuser->timecreated;
$newuser->mnethostid = $CFG->mnet_localhost_id;
$newuser->id = user_create_user($newuser, false, false);
// Save user profile data.
profile_save_data($newuser);
$user = get_complete_user_data('id', $newuser->id);
if (!empty($CFG->{'auth_'.$newuser->auth.'_forcechangepassword'})) {
set_user_preference('auth_forcepasswordchange', 1, $user);
}
// Set the password.
update_internal_user_password($user, $password);
// Trigger event.
\core\event\user_created::create_from_userid($newuser->id)->trigger();
return $user;
}
/**
* Will update a local user record from an external source (MNET users can not be updated using this method!).
*
* @param string $username user's username to update the record
* @return stdClass A complete user object
*/
function update_user_record($username) {
global $DB, $CFG;
// Just in case check text case.
$username = trim(core_text::strtolower($username));
$oldinfo = $DB->get_record('user', array('username' => $username, 'mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id), '*', MUST_EXIST);
return update_user_record_by_id($oldinfo->id);
}
/**
* Will update a local user record from an external source (MNET users can not be updated using this method!).
*
* @param int $id user id
* @return stdClass A complete user object
*/
function update_user_record_by_id($id) {
global $DB, $CFG;
require_once($CFG->dirroot."/user/profile/lib.php");
require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/lib.php');
$params = array('mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id, 'id' => $id, 'deleted' => 0);
$oldinfo = $DB->get_record('user', $params, '*', MUST_EXIST);
$newuser = array();
$userauth = get_auth_plugin($oldinfo->auth);
if ($newinfo = $userauth->get_userinfo($oldinfo->username)) {
$newinfo = truncate_userinfo($newinfo);
$customfields = $userauth->get_custom_user_profile_fields();
foreach ($newinfo as $key => $value) {
$iscustom = in_array($key, $customfields);
if (!$iscustom) {
$key = strtolower($key);
}
if ((!property_exists($oldinfo, $key) && !$iscustom) or $key === 'username' or $key === 'id'
or $key === 'auth' or $key === 'mnethostid' or $key === 'deleted') {
// Unknown or must not be changed.
continue;
}
if (empty($userauth->config->{'field_updatelocal_' . $key}) || empty($userauth->config->{'field_lock_' . $key})) {
continue;
}
$confval = $userauth->config->{'field_updatelocal_' . $key};
$lockval = $userauth->config->{'field_lock_' . $key};
if ($confval === 'onlogin') {
// MDL-4207 Don't overwrite modified user profile values with
// empty LDAP values when 'unlocked if empty' is set. The purpose
// of the setting 'unlocked if empty' is to allow the user to fill
// in a value for the selected field _if LDAP is giving
// nothing_ for this field. Thus it makes sense to let this value
// stand in until LDAP is giving a value for this field.
if (!(empty($value) && $lockval === 'unlockedifempty')) {
if ($iscustom || (in_array($key, $userauth->userfields) &&
((string)$oldinfo->$key !== (string)$value))) {
$newuser[$key] = (string)$value;
}
}
}
}
if ($newuser) {
$newuser['id'] = $oldinfo->id;
$newuser['timemodified'] = time();
user_update_user((object) $newuser, false, false);
// Save user profile data.
profile_save_data((object) $newuser);
// Trigger event.
\core\event\user_updated::create_from_userid($newuser['id'])->trigger();
}
}
return get_complete_user_data('id', $oldinfo->id);
}
/**
* Will truncate userinfo as it comes from auth_get_userinfo (from external auth) which may have large fields.
*
* @param array $info Array of user properties to truncate if needed
* @return array The now truncated information that was passed in
*/
function truncate_userinfo(array $info) {
// Define the limits.
$limit = array(
'username' => 100,
'idnumber' => 255,
'firstname' => 100,
'lastname' => 100,
'email' => 100,
'phone1' => 20,
'phone2' => 20,
'institution' => 255,
'department' => 255,
'address' => 255,
'city' => 120,
'country' => 2,
);
// Apply where needed.
foreach (array_keys($info) as $key) {
if (!empty($limit[$key])) {
$info[$key] = trim(core_text::substr($info[$key], 0, $limit[$key]));
}
}
return $info;
}
/**
* Marks user deleted in internal user database and notifies the auth plugin.
* Also unenrols user from all roles and does other cleanup.
*
* Any plugin that needs to purge user data should register the 'user_deleted' event.
*
* @param stdClass $user full user object before delete
* @return boolean success
* @throws coding_exception if invalid $user parameter detected
*/
function delete_user(stdClass $user) {
global $CFG, $DB, $SESSION;
require_once($CFG->libdir.'/grouplib.php');
require_once($CFG->libdir.'/gradelib.php');
require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/message/lib.php');
require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/lib.php');
// Make sure nobody sends bogus record type as parameter.
if (!property_exists($user, 'id') or !property_exists($user, 'username')) {
throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in delete_user() detected');
}
// Better not trust the parameter and fetch the latest info this will be very expensive anyway.
if (!$user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $user->id))) {
debugging('Attempt to delete unknown user account.');
return false;
}
// There must be always exactly one guest record, originally the guest account was identified by username only,
// now we use $CFG->siteguest for performance reasons.
if ($user->username === 'guest' or isguestuser($user)) {
debugging('Guest user account can not be deleted.');
return false;
}
// Admin can be theoretically from different auth plugin, but we want to prevent deletion of internal accoutns only,
// if anything goes wrong ppl may force somebody to be admin via config.php setting $CFG->siteadmins.
if ($user->auth === 'manual' and is_siteadmin($user)) {
debugging('Local administrator accounts can not be deleted.');
return false;
}
// Allow plugins to use this user object before we completely delete it.
if ($pluginsfunction = get_plugins_with_function('pre_user_delete')) {
foreach ($pluginsfunction as $plugintype => $plugins) {
foreach ($plugins as $pluginfunction) {
$pluginfunction($user);
}
}
}
// Keep user record before updating it, as we have to pass this to user_deleted event.
$olduser = clone $user;
// Keep a copy of user context, we need it for event.
$usercontext = context_user::instance($user->id);
> // Remove user from communication rooms immediately.
// Delete all grades - backup is kept in grade_grades_history table.
> if (core_communication\api::is_available()) {
grade_user_delete($user->id);
> foreach (enrol_get_users_courses($user->id) as $course) {
> $communication = \core_communication\processor::load_by_instance(
// TODO: remove from cohorts using standard API here.
> context: \core\context\course::instance($course->id),
> component: 'core_course',
// Remove user tags.
> instancetype: 'coursecommunication',
core_tag_tag::remove_all_item_tags('core', 'user', $user->id);
> instanceid: $course->id,
> );
// Unconditionally unenrol from all courses.
> if ($communication !== null) {
enrol_user_delete($user);
> $communication->get_room_user_provider()->remove_members_from_room([$user->id]);
> $communication->delete_instance_user_mapping([$user->id]);
// Unenrol from all roles in all contexts.
> }
// This might be slow but it is really needed - modules might do some extra cleanup!
> }
role_unassign_all(array('userid' => $user->id));
> }
>
// Notify the competency subsystem.
\core_competency\api::hook_user_deleted($user->id);
// Now do a brute force cleanup.
// Delete all user events and subscription events.
$DB->delete_records_select('event', 'userid = :userid AND subscriptionid IS NOT NULL', ['userid' => $user->id]);
// Now, delete all calendar subscription from the user.
$DB->delete_records('event_subscriptions', ['userid' => $user->id]);
// Remove from all cohorts.
$DB->delete_records('cohort_members', array('userid' => $user->id));
// Remove from all groups.
$DB->delete_records('groups_members', array('userid' => $user->id));
// Brute force unenrol from all courses.
$DB->delete_records('user_enrolments', array('userid' => $user->id));
// Purge user preferences.
$DB->delete_records('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id));
// Purge user extra profile info.
$DB->delete_records('user_info_data', array('userid' => $user->id));
// Purge log of previous password hashes.
$DB->delete_records('user_password_history', array('userid' => $user->id));
// Last course access not necessary either.
$DB->delete_records('user_lastaccess', array('userid' => $user->id));
// Remove all user tokens.
$DB->delete_records('external_tokens', array('userid' => $user->id));
// Unauthorise the user for all services.
$DB->delete_records('external_services_users', array('userid' => $user->id));
// Remove users private keys.
$DB->delete_records('user_private_key', array('userid' => $user->id));
// Remove users customised pages.
$DB->delete_records('my_pages', array('userid' => $user->id, 'private' => 1));
// Remove user's oauth2 refresh tokens, if present.
$DB->delete_records('oauth2_refresh_token', array('userid' => $user->id));
// Delete user from $SESSION->bulk_users.
if (isset($SESSION->bulk_users[$user->id])) {
unset($SESSION->bulk_users[$user->id]);
}
// Force logout - may fail if file based sessions used, sorry.
\core\session\manager::kill_user_sessions($user->id);
// Generate username from email address, or a fake email.
$delemail = !empty($user->email) ? $user->email : $user->username . '.' . $user->id . '@unknownemail.invalid';
$deltime = time();
$deltimelength = core_text::strlen((string) $deltime);
// Max username length is 100 chars. Select up to limit - (length of current time + 1 [period character]) from users email.
$delname = clean_param($delemail, PARAM_USERNAME);
$delname = core_text::substr($delname, 0, 100 - ($deltimelength + 1)) . ".{$deltime}";
// Workaround for bulk deletes of users with the same email address.
while ($DB->record_exists('user', array('username' => $delname))) { // No need to use mnethostid here.
$delname++;
}
// Mark internal user record as "deleted".
$updateuser = new stdClass();
$updateuser->id = $user->id;
$updateuser->deleted = 1;
$updateuser->username = $delname; // Remember it just in case.
$updateuser->email = md5($user->username);// Store hash of username, useful importing/restoring users.
$updateuser->idnumber = ''; // Clear this field to free it up.
$updateuser->picture = 0;
$updateuser->timemodified = $deltime;
// Don't trigger update event, as user is being deleted.
user_update_user($updateuser, false, false);
// Delete all content associated with the user context, but not the context itself.
$usercontext->delete_content();
// Delete any search data.
\core_search\manager::context_deleted($usercontext);
// Any plugin that needs to cleanup should register this event.
// Trigger event.
$event = \core\event\user_deleted::create(
array(
'objectid' => $user->id,
'relateduserid' => $user->id,
'context' => $usercontext,
'other' => array(
'username' => $user->username,
'email' => $user->email,
'idnumber' => $user->idnumber,
'picture' => $user->picture,
'mnethostid' => $user->mnethostid
)
)
);
$event->add_record_snapshot('user', $olduser);
$event->trigger();
// We will update the user's timemodified, as it will be passed to the user_deleted event, which
// should know about this updated property persisted to the user's table.
$user->timemodified = $updateuser->timemodified;
// Notify auth plugin - do not block the delete even when plugin fails.
$authplugin = get_auth_plugin($user->auth);
$authplugin->user_delete($user);
return true;
}
/**
* Retrieve the guest user object.
*
* @return stdClass A {@link $USER} object
*/
function guest_user() {
global $CFG, $DB;
if ($newuser = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $CFG->siteguest))) {
$newuser->confirmed = 1;
$newuser->lang = get_newuser_language();
$newuser->lastip = getremoteaddr();
}
return $newuser;
}
/**
* Authenticates a user against the chosen authentication mechanism
*
* Given a username and password, this function looks them
* up using the currently selected authentication mechanism,
* and if the authentication is successful, it returns a
* valid $user object from the 'user' table.
*
* Uses auth_ functions from the currently active auth module
*
* After authenticate_user_login() returns success, you will need to
* log that the user has logged in, and call complete_user_login() to set
* the session up.
*
* Note: this function works only with non-mnet accounts!
*
* @param string $username User's username (or also email if $CFG->authloginviaemail enabled)
* @param string $password User's password
* @param bool $ignorelockout useful when guessing is prevented by other mechanism such as captcha or SSO
* @param int $failurereason login failure reason, can be used in renderers (it may disclose if account exists)
< * @param mixed logintoken If this is set to a string it is validated against the login token for the session.
> * @param string|bool $logintoken If this is set to a string it is validated against the login token for the session.
> * @param string|bool $loginrecaptcha If this is set to a string it is validated against Google reCaptcha.
* @return stdClass|false A {@link $USER} object or false if error
*/
< function authenticate_user_login($username, $password, $ignorelockout=false, &$failurereason=null, $logintoken=false) {
< global $CFG, $DB, $PAGE;
> function authenticate_user_login(
> $username,
> $password,
> $ignorelockout = false,
> &$failurereason = null,
> $logintoken = false,
> string|bool $loginrecaptcha = false,
> ) {
> global $CFG, $DB, $PAGE, $SESSION;
require_once("$CFG->libdir/authlib.php");
if ($user = get_complete_user_data('username', $username, $CFG->mnet_localhost_id)) {
// we have found the user
} else if (!empty($CFG->authloginviaemail)) {
if ($email = clean_param($username, PARAM_EMAIL)) {
$select = "mnethostid = :mnethostid AND LOWER(email) = LOWER(:email) AND deleted = 0";
$params = array('mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id, 'email' => $email);
$users = $DB->get_records_select('user', $select, $params, 'id', 'id', 0, 2);
if (count($users) === 1) {
// Use email for login only if unique.
$user = reset($users);
$user = get_complete_user_data('id', $user->id);
$username = $user->username;
}
unset($users);
}
}
// Make sure this request came from the login form.
if (!\core\session\manager::validate_login_token($logintoken)) {
$failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_FAILED;
// Trigger login failed event (specifying the ID of the found user, if available).
\core\event\user_login_failed::create([
'userid' => ($user->id ?? 0),
'other' => [
'username' => $username,
'reason' => $failurereason,
],
])->trigger();
error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Invalid Login Token: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
return false;
}
> // Login reCaptcha.
$authsenabled = get_enabled_auth_plugins();
> if (login_captcha_enabled() && !validate_login_captcha($loginrecaptcha)) {
> $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_FAILED_RECAPTCHA;
if ($user) {
> // Trigger login failed event (specifying the ID of the found user, if available).
// Use manual if auth not set.
> \core\event\user_login_failed::create([
$auth = empty($user->auth) ? 'manual' : $user->auth;
> 'userid' => ($user->id ?? 0),
> 'other' => [
if (in_array($user->auth, $authsenabled)) {
> 'username' => $username,
$authplugin = get_auth_plugin($user->auth);
> 'reason' => $failurereason,
$authplugin->pre_user_login_hook($user);
> ],
}
> ])->trigger();
> return false;
if (!empty($user->suspended)) {
> }
$failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_SUSPENDED;
>
// Trigger login failed event.
$event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id,
'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
$event->trigger();
error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Suspended Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
return false;
}
if ($auth=='nologin' or !is_enabled_auth($auth)) {
// Legacy way to suspend user.
$failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_SUSPENDED;
// Trigger login failed event.
$event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id,
'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
$event->trigger();
error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Disabled Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
return false;
}
$auths = array($auth);
} else {
// Check if there's a deleted record (cheaply), this should not happen because we mangle usernames in delete_user().
if ($DB->get_field('user', 'id', array('username' => $username, 'mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id, 'deleted' => 1))) {
$failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER;
// Trigger login failed event.
$event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username,
'reason' => $failurereason)));
$event->trigger();
error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Deleted Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
return false;
}
// User does not exist.
$auths = $authsenabled;
$user = new stdClass();
$user->id = 0;
}
if ($ignorelockout) {
// Some other mechanism protects against brute force password guessing, for example login form might include reCAPTCHA
// or this function is called from a SSO script.
} else if ($user->id) {
// Verify login lockout after other ways that may prevent user login.
if (login_is_lockedout($user)) {
$failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_LOCKOUT;
// Trigger login failed event.
$event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id,
'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
$event->trigger();
error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Login lockout: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
> $SESSION->loginerrormsg = get_string('accountlocked', 'admin');
return false;
>
}
} else {
// We can not lockout non-existing accounts.
}
foreach ($auths as $auth) {
$authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
// On auth fail fall through to the next plugin.
if (!$authplugin->user_login($username, $password)) {
continue;
}
// Before performing login actions, check if user still passes password policy, if admin setting is enabled.
if (!empty($CFG->passwordpolicycheckonlogin)) {
$errmsg = '';
$passed = check_password_policy($password, $errmsg, $user);
if (!$passed) {
// First trigger event for failure.
$failedevent = \core\event\user_password_policy_failed::create_from_user($user);
$failedevent->trigger();
// If able to change password, set flag and move on.
if ($authplugin->can_change_password()) {
// Check if we are on internal change password page, or service is external, don't show notification.
$internalchangeurl = new moodle_url('/login/change_password.php');
if (!($PAGE->has_set_url() && $internalchangeurl->compare($PAGE->url)) && $authplugin->is_internal()) {
\core\notification::error(get_string('passwordpolicynomatch', '', $errmsg));
}
set_user_preference('auth_forcepasswordchange', 1, $user);
} else if ($authplugin->can_reset_password()) {
// Else force a reset if possible.
\core\notification::error(get_string('forcepasswordresetnotice', '', $errmsg));
redirect(new moodle_url('/login/forgot_password.php'));
} else {
$notifymsg = get_string('forcepasswordresetfailurenotice', '', $errmsg);
// If support page is set, add link for help.
if (!empty($CFG->supportpage)) {
$link = \html_writer::link($CFG->supportpage, $CFG->supportpage);
$link = \html_writer::tag('p', $link);
$notifymsg .= $link;
}
// If no change or reset is possible, add a notification for user.
\core\notification::error($notifymsg);
}
}
}
// Successful authentication.
if ($user->id) {
// User already exists in database.
if (empty($user->auth)) {
// For some reason auth isn't set yet.
$DB->set_field('user', 'auth', $auth, array('id' => $user->id));
$user->auth = $auth;
}
// If the existing hash is using an out-of-date algorithm (or the legacy md5 algorithm), then we should update to
// the current hash algorithm while we have access to the user's password.
update_internal_user_password($user, $password);
if ($authplugin->is_synchronised_with_external()) {
// Update user record from external DB.
$user = update_user_record_by_id($user->id);
}
} else {
// The user is authenticated but user creation may be disabled.
if (!empty($CFG->authpreventaccountcreation)) {
$failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_UNAUTHORISED;
// Trigger login failed event.
$event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username,
'reason' => $failurereason)));
$event->trigger();
error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Unknown user, can not create new accounts: $username ".
$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
return false;
} else {
$user = create_user_record($username, $password, $auth);
}
}
$authplugin->sync_roles($user);
foreach ($authsenabled as $hau) {
$hauth = get_auth_plugin($hau);
$hauth->user_authenticated_hook($user, $username, $password);
}
if (empty($user->id)) {
$failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER;
// Trigger login failed event.
$event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username,
'reason' => $failurereason)));
$event->trigger();
return false;
}
if (!empty($user->suspended)) {
// Just in case some auth plugin suspended account.
$failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_SUSPENDED;
// Trigger login failed event.
$event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id,
'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
$event->trigger();
error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Suspended Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
return false;
}
login_attempt_valid($user);
$failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_OK;
return $user;
}
// Failed if all the plugins have failed.
if (debugging('', DEBUG_ALL)) {
error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Failed Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
}
if ($user->id) {
login_attempt_failed($user);
$failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_FAILED;
// Trigger login failed event.
$event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id,
'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
$event->trigger();
} else {
$failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER;
// Trigger login failed event.
$event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username,
'reason' => $failurereason)));
$event->trigger();
}
return false;
}
/**
* Call to complete the user login process after authenticate_user_login()
* has succeeded. It will setup the $USER variable and other required bits
* and pieces.
*
* NOTE:
* - It will NOT log anything -- up to the caller to decide what to log.
* - this function does not set any cookies any more!
*
* @param stdClass $user
> * @param array $extrauserinfo
* @return stdClass A {@link $USER} object - BC only, do not use
*/
< function complete_user_login($user) {
> function complete_user_login($user, array $extrauserinfo = []) {
global $CFG, $DB, $USER, $SESSION;
\core\session\manager::login_user($user);
// Reload preferences from DB.
unset($USER->preference);
check_user_preferences_loaded($USER);
// Update login times.
update_user_login_times();
// Extra session prefs init.
set_login_session_preferences();
// Trigger login event.
$event = \core\event\user_loggedin::create(
array(
'userid' => $USER->id,
'objectid' => $USER->id,
< 'other' => array('username' => $USER->username),
> 'other' => [
> 'username' => $USER->username,
> 'extrauserinfo' => $extrauserinfo
> ]
)
);
$event->trigger();
// Check if the user is using a new browser or session (a new MoodleSession cookie is set in that case).
// If the user is accessing from the same IP, ignore everything (most of the time will be a new session in the same browser).
// Skip Web Service requests, CLI scripts, AJAX scripts, and request from the mobile app itself.
$loginip = getremoteaddr();
$isnewip = isset($SESSION->userpreviousip) && $SESSION->userpreviousip != $loginip;
$isvalidenv = (!WS_SERVER && !CLI_SCRIPT && !NO_MOODLE_COOKIES) || PHPUNIT_TEST;
if (!empty($SESSION->isnewsessioncookie) && $isnewip && $isvalidenv && !\core_useragent::is_moodle_app()) {
$logintime = time();
$ismoodleapp = false;
$useragent = \core_useragent::get_user_agent_string();
// Schedule adhoc task to sent a login notification to the user.
$task = new \core\task\send_login_notifications();
$task->set_userid($USER->id);
$task->set_custom_data(compact('ismoodleapp', 'useragent', 'loginip', 'logintime'));
$task->set_component('core');
\core\task\manager::queue_adhoc_task($task);
}
// Queue migrating the messaging data, if we need to.
if (!get_user_preferences('core_message_migrate_data', false, $USER->id)) {
// Check if there are any legacy messages to migrate.
if (\core_message\helper::legacy_messages_exist($USER->id)) {
\core_message\task\migrate_message_data::queue_task($USER->id);
} else {
set_user_preference('core_message_migrate_data', true, $USER->id);
}
}
if (isguestuser()) {
// No need to continue when user is THE guest.
return $USER;
}
if (CLI_SCRIPT) {
// We can redirect to password change URL only in browser.
return $USER;
}
// Select password change url.
$userauth = get_auth_plugin($USER->auth);
// Check whether the user should be changing password.
if (get_user_preferences('auth_forcepasswordchange', false)) {
if ($userauth->can_change_password()) {
if ($changeurl = $userauth->change_password_url()) {
redirect($changeurl);
} else {
require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/login/lib.php');
$SESSION->wantsurl = core_login_get_return_url();
redirect($CFG->wwwroot.'/login/change_password.php');
}
} else {
< print_error('nopasswordchangeforced', 'auth');
> throw new \moodle_exception('nopasswordchangeforced', 'auth');
}
}
return $USER;
}
/**
< * Check a password hash to see if it was hashed using the legacy hash algorithm (md5).
> * Check a password hash to see if it was hashed using the legacy hash algorithm (bcrypt).
*
* @param string $password String to check.
< * @return boolean True if the $password matches the format of an md5 sum.
> * @return bool True if the $password matches the format of a bcrypt hash.
> */
> function password_is_legacy_hash(#[\SensitiveParameter] string $password): bool {
> return (bool) preg_match('/^\$2y\$[\d]{2}\$[A-Za-z0-9\.\/]{53}$/', $password);
> }
>
> /**
> * Calculate the Shannon entropy of a string.
> *
> * @param string $pepper The pepper to calculate the entropy of.
> * @return float The Shannon entropy of the string.
*/
< function password_is_legacy_hash($password) {
< return (bool) preg_match('/^[0-9a-f]{32}$/', $password);
> function calculate_entropy(#[\SensitiveParameter] string $pepper): float {
> // Initialize entropy.
> $h = 0;
>
> // Calculate the length of the string.
> $size = strlen($pepper);
>
> // For each unique character in the string.
> foreach (count_chars($pepper, 1) as $v) {
> // Calculate the probability of the character.
> $p = $v / $size;
>
> // Add the character's contribution to the total entropy.
> // This uses the formula for the entropy of a discrete random variable.
> $h -= $p * log($p) / log(2);
> }
>
> // Instead of returning the average entropy per symbol (Shannon entropy),
> // we multiply by the length of the string to get total entropy.
> return $h * $size;
> }
>
> /**
> * Get the available password peppers.
> * The latest pepper is checked for minimum entropy as part of this function.
> * We only calculate the entropy of the most recent pepper,
> * because passwords are always updated to the latest pepper,
> * and in the past we may have enforced a lower minimum entropy.
> * Also, we allow the latest pepper to be empty, to allow admins to migrate off peppers.
> *
> * @return array The password peppers.
> * @throws coding_exception If the entropy of the password pepper is less than the recommended minimum.
> */
> function get_password_peppers(): array {
> global $CFG;
>
> // Get all available peppers.
> if (isset($CFG->passwordpeppers) && is_array($CFG->passwordpeppers)) {
> // Sort the array in descending order of keys (numerical).
> $peppers = $CFG->passwordpeppers;
> krsort($peppers, SORT_NUMERIC);
> } else {
> $peppers = []; // Set an empty array if no peppers are found.
> }
>
> // Check if the entropy of the most recent pepper is less than the minimum.
> // Also, we allow the most recent pepper to be empty, to allow admins to migrate off peppers.
> $lastpepper = reset($peppers);
> if (!empty($peppers) && $lastpepper !== '' && calculate_entropy($lastpepper) < PEPPER_ENTROPY) {
> throw new coding_exception(
> 'password pepper below minimum',
> 'The entropy of the password pepper is less than the recommended minimum.');
> }
> return $peppers;
}
/**
* Compare password against hash stored in user object to determine if it is valid.
*
* If necessary it also updates the stored hash to the current format.
*
* @param stdClass $user (Password property may be updated).
* @param string $password Plain text password.
* @return bool True if password is valid.
*/
< function validate_internal_user_password($user, $password) {
< global $CFG;
> function validate_internal_user_password(stdClass $user, #[\SensitiveParameter] string $password): bool {
>
> if (exceeds_password_length($password)) {
> // Password cannot be more than MAX_PASSWORD_CHARACTERS characters.
> return false;
> }
if ($user->password === AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED) {
// Internal password is not used at all, it can not validate.
return false;
}
< // If hash isn't a legacy (md5) hash, validate using the library function.
< if (!password_is_legacy_hash($user->password)) {
< return password_verify($password, $user->password);
< }
<
< // Otherwise we need to check for a legacy (md5) hash instead. If the hash
< // is valid we can then update it to the new algorithm.
<
< $sitesalt = isset($CFG->passwordsaltmain) ? $CFG->passwordsaltmain : '';
< $validated = false;
<
< if ($user->password === md5($password.$sitesalt)
< or $user->password === md5($password)
< or $user->password === md5(addslashes($password).$sitesalt)
< or $user->password === md5(addslashes($password))) {
< // Note: we are intentionally using the addslashes() here because we
< // need to accept old password hashes of passwords with magic quotes.
< $validated = true;
<
< } else {
< for ($i=1; $i<=20; $i++) { // 20 alternative salts should be enough, right?
< $alt = 'passwordsaltalt'.$i;
< if (!empty($CFG->$alt)) {
< if ($user->password === md5($password.$CFG->$alt) or $user->password === md5(addslashes($password).$CFG->$alt)) {
< $validated = true;
< break;
< }
< }
< }
> $peppers = get_password_peppers(); // Get the array of available peppers.
> $islegacy = password_is_legacy_hash($user->password); // Check if the password is a legacy bcrypt hash.
>
> // If the password is a legacy hash, no peppers were used, so verify and update directly.
> if ($islegacy && password_verify($password, $user->password)) {
> update_internal_user_password($user, $password);
> return true;
}
< if ($validated) {
< // If the password matches the existing md5 hash, update to the
< // current hash algorithm while we have access to the user's password.
> // If the password is not a legacy hash, iterate through the peppers.
> $latestpepper = reset($peppers);
> // Add an empty pepper to the beginning of the array. To make it easier to check if the password matches without any pepper.
> $peppers = [-1 => ''] + $peppers;
> foreach ($peppers as $pepper) {
> $pepperedpassword = $password . $pepper;
>
> // If the peppered password is correct, update (if necessary) and return true.
> if (password_verify($pepperedpassword, $user->password)) {
> // If the pepper used is not the latest one, update the password.
> if ($pepper !== $latestpepper) {
update_internal_user_password($user, $password);
}
> return true;
> }
return $validated;
> }
< return $validated;
> // If no peppered password was correct, the password is wrong.
> return false;
/**
* Calculate hash for a plain text password.
*
* @param string $password Plain text password to be hashed.
< * @param bool $fasthash If true, use a low cost factor when generating the hash
< * This is much faster to generate but makes the hash
< * less secure. It is used when lots of hashes need to
< * be generated quickly.
> * @param bool $fasthash If true, use a low number of rounds when generating the hash
> * This is faster to generate but makes the hash less secure.
> * It is used when lots of hashes need to be generated quickly.
> * @param int $pepperlength Lenght of the peppers
* @return string The hashed password.
*
* @throws moodle_exception If a problem occurs while generating the hash.
*/
< function hash_internal_user_password($password, $fasthash = false) {
< global $CFG;
<
< // Set the cost factor to 4 for fast hashing, otherwise use default cost.
< $options = ($fasthash) ? array('cost' => 4) : array();
<
< $generatedhash = password_hash($password, PASSWORD_DEFAULT, $options);
> function hash_internal_user_password(#[\SensitiveParameter] string $password, $fasthash = false, $pepperlength = 0): string {
> if (exceeds_password_length($password, $pepperlength)) {
> // Password cannot be more than MAX_PASSWORD_CHARACTERS.
> throw new \moodle_exception(get_string("passwordexceeded", 'error', MAX_PASSWORD_CHARACTERS));
> }
>
> // Set the cost factor to 5000 for fast hashing, otherwise use default cost.
> $rounds = $fasthash ? 5000 : 10000;
>
> // First generate a cryptographically suitable salt.
> $randombytes = random_bytes(16);
> $salt = substr(strtr(base64_encode($randombytes), '+', '.'), 0, 16);
>
> // Now construct the password string with the salt and number of rounds.
> // The password string is in the format $algorithm$rounds$salt$hash. ($6 is the SHA512 algorithm).
> $generatedhash = crypt($password, implode('$', [
> '',
> // The SHA512 Algorithm
> '6',
> "rounds={$rounds}",
> $salt,
> '',
> ]));
if ($generatedhash === false || $generatedhash === null) {
throw new moodle_exception('Failed to generate password hash.');
}
return $generatedhash;
}
/**
* Update password hash in user object (if necessary).
*
* The password is updated if:
* 1. The password has changed (the hash of $user->password is different
* to the hash of $password).
* 2. The existing hash is using an out-of-date algorithm (or the legacy
* md5 algorithm).
*
> * The password is peppered with the latest pepper before hashing,
* Updating the password will modify the $user object and the database
> * if peppers are available.
* record to use the current hashing algorithm.
* It will remove Web Services user tokens too.
*
* @param stdClass $user User object (password property may be updated).
* @param string $password Plain text password.
* @param bool $fasthash If true, use a low cost factor when generating the hash
* This is much faster to generate but makes the hash
* less secure. It is used when lots of hashes need to
* be generated quickly.
* @return bool Always returns true.
*/
< function update_internal_user_password($user, $password, $fasthash = false) {
> function update_internal_user_password(
> stdClass $user,
> #[\SensitiveParameter] string $password,
> bool $fasthash = false
> ): bool {
global $CFG, $DB;
> // Add the latest password pepper to the password before further processing.
// Figure out what the hashed password should be.
> $peppers = get_password_peppers();
if (!isset($user->auth)) {
> if (!empty($peppers)) {
debugging('User record in update_internal_user_password() must include field auth',
> $password = $password . reset($peppers);
DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
> }
$user->auth = $DB->get_field('user', 'auth', array('id' => $user->id));
>
}
$authplugin = get_auth_plugin($user->auth);
if ($authplugin->prevent_local_passwords()) {
$hashedpassword = AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED;
} else {
$hashedpassword = hash_internal_user_password($password, $fasthash);
}
$algorithmchanged = false;
if ($hashedpassword === AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED) {
// Password is not cached, update it if not set to AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED.
$passwordchanged = ($user->password !== $hashedpassword);
} else if (isset($user->password)) {
// If verification fails then it means the password has changed.
$passwordchanged = !password_verify($password, $user->password);
< $algorithmchanged = password_needs_rehash($user->password, PASSWORD_DEFAULT);
> $algorithmchanged = password_is_legacy_hash($user->password);
} else {
// While creating new user, password in unset in $user object, to avoid
// saving it with user_create()
$passwordchanged = true;
}
if ($passwordchanged || $algorithmchanged) {
$DB->set_field('user', 'password', $hashedpassword, array('id' => $user->id));
$user->password = $hashedpassword;
// Trigger event.
$user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $user->id));
\core\event\user_password_updated::create_from_user($user)->trigger();
// Remove WS user tokens.
if (!empty($CFG->passwordchangetokendeletion)) {
require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/webservice/lib.php');
webservice::delete_user_ws_tokens($user->id);
}
}
return true;
}
/**
* Get a complete user record, which includes all the info in the user record.
*
* Intended for setting as $USER session variable
*
* @param string $field The user field to be checked for a given value.
* @param string $value The value to match for $field.
* @param int $mnethostid
* @param bool $throwexception If true, it will throw an exception when there's no record found or when there are multiple records
* found. Otherwise, it will just return false.
* @return mixed False, or A {@link $USER} object.
*/
function get_complete_user_data($field, $value, $mnethostid = null, $throwexception = false) {
global $CFG, $DB;
if (!$field || !$value) {
return false;
}
// Change the field to lowercase.
$field = core_text::strtolower($field);
// List of case insensitive fields.
$caseinsensitivefields = ['email'];
// Username input is forced to lowercase and should be case sensitive.
if ($field == 'username') {
$value = core_text::strtolower($value);
}
// Build the WHERE clause for an SQL query.
$params = array('fieldval' => $value);
// Do a case-insensitive query, if necessary. These are generally very expensive. The performance can be improved on some DBs
// such as MySQL by pre-filtering users with accent-insensitive subselect.
if (in_array($field, $caseinsensitivefields)) {
$fieldselect = $DB->sql_equal($field, ':fieldval', false);
$idsubselect = $DB->sql_equal($field, ':fieldval2', false, false);
$params['fieldval2'] = $value;
} else {
$fieldselect = "$field = :fieldval";
$idsubselect = '';
}
$constraints = "$fieldselect AND deleted <> 1";
// If we are loading user data based on anything other than id,
// we must also restrict our search based on mnet host.
if ($field != 'id') {
if (empty($mnethostid)) {
// If empty, we restrict to local users.
$mnethostid = $CFG->mnet_localhost_id;
}
}
if (!empty($mnethostid)) {
$params['mnethostid'] = $mnethostid;
$constraints .= " AND mnethostid = :mnethostid";
}
if ($idsubselect) {
$constraints .= " AND id IN (SELECT id FROM {user} WHERE {$idsubselect})";
}
// Get all the basic user data.
try {
// Make sure that there's only a single record that matches our query.
// For example, when fetching by email, multiple records might match the query as there's no guarantee that email addresses
// are unique. Therefore we can't reliably tell whether the user profile data that we're fetching is the correct one.
$user = $DB->get_record_select('user', $constraints, $params, '*', MUST_EXIST);
} catch (dml_exception $exception) {
if ($throwexception) {
throw $exception;
} else {
// Return false when no records or multiple records were found.
return false;
}
}
// Get various settings and preferences.
// Preload preference cache.
check_user_preferences_loaded($user);
// Load course enrolment related stuff.
$user->lastcourseaccess = array(); // During last session.
$user->currentcourseaccess = array(); // During current session.
if ($lastaccesses = $DB->get_records('user_lastaccess', array('userid' => $user->id))) {
foreach ($lastaccesses as $lastaccess) {
$user->lastcourseaccess[$lastaccess->courseid] = $lastaccess->timeaccess;
}
}
< $sql = "SELECT g.id, g.courseid
< FROM {groups} g, {groups_members} gm
< WHERE gm.groupid=g.id AND gm.userid=?";
<
< // This is a special hack to speedup calendar display.
< $user->groupmember = array();
< if (!isguestuser($user)) {
< if ($groups = $DB->get_records_sql($sql, array($user->id))) {
< foreach ($groups as $group) {
< if (!array_key_exists($group->courseid, $user->groupmember)) {
< $user->groupmember[$group->courseid] = array();
< }
< $user->groupmember[$group->courseid][$group->id] = $group->id;
< }
< }
< }
<
// Add cohort theme.
if (!empty($CFG->allowcohortthemes)) {
require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/cohort/lib.php');
if ($cohorttheme = cohort_get_user_cohort_theme($user->id)) {
$user->cohorttheme = $cohorttheme;
}
}
// Add the custom profile fields to the user record.
$user->profile = array();
if (!isguestuser($user)) {
require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/profile/lib.php');
profile_load_custom_fields($user);
}
// Rewrite some variables if necessary.
if (!empty($user->description)) {
// No need to cart all of it around.
$user->description = true;
}
if (isguestuser($user)) {
// Guest language always same as site.
$user->lang = get_newuser_language();
// Name always in current language.
$user->firstname = get_string('guestuser');
$user->lastname = ' ';
}
return $user;
}
/**
* Validate a password against the configured password policy
*
* @param string $password the password to be checked against the password policy
* @param string $errmsg the error message to display when the password doesn't comply with the policy.
* @param stdClass $user the user object to perform password validation against. Defaults to null if not provided.
*
* @return bool true if the password is valid according to the policy. false otherwise.
*/
function check_password_policy($password, &$errmsg, $user = null) {
global $CFG;
< if (!empty($CFG->passwordpolicy)) {
> if (!empty($CFG->passwordpolicy) && !isguestuser($user)) {
$errmsg = '';
if (core_text::strlen($password) < $CFG->minpasswordlength) {
$errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordlength', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordlength) .'</div>';
}
if (preg_match_all('/[[:digit:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpassworddigits) {
$errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpassworddigits', 'auth', $CFG->minpassworddigits) .'</div>';
}
if (preg_match_all('/[[:lower:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpasswordlower) {
$errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordlower', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordlower) .'</div>';
}
if (preg_match_all('/[[:upper:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpasswordupper) {
$errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordupper', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordupper) .'</div>';
}
if (preg_match_all('/[^[:upper:][:lower:][:digit:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpasswordnonalphanum) {
$errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordnonalphanum', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordnonalphanum) .'</div>';
}
if (!check_consecutive_identical_characters($password, $CFG->maxconsecutiveidentchars)) {
$errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errormaxconsecutiveidentchars', 'auth', $CFG->maxconsecutiveidentchars) .'</div>';
}
// Fire any additional password policy functions from plugins.
// Plugin functions should output an error message string or empty string for success.
$pluginsfunction = get_plugins_with_function('check_password_policy');
foreach ($pluginsfunction as $plugintype => $plugins) {
foreach ($plugins as $pluginfunction) {
$pluginerr = $pluginfunction($password, $user);
if ($pluginerr) {
$errmsg .= '<div>'. $pluginerr .'</div>';
}
}
}
}
if ($errmsg == '') {
return true;
} else {
return false;
}
}
/**
* When logging in, this function is run to set certain preferences for the current SESSION.
*/
function set_login_session_preferences() {
global $SESSION;
$SESSION->justloggedin = true;
unset($SESSION->lang);
unset($SESSION->forcelang);
unset($SESSION->load_navigation_admin);
}
/**
* Delete a course, including all related data from the database, and any associated files.
*
* @param mixed $courseorid The id of the course or course object to delete.
* @param bool $showfeedback Whether to display notifications of each action the function performs.
* @return bool true if all the removals succeeded. false if there were any failures. If this
* method returns false, some of the removals will probably have succeeded, and others
* failed, but you have no way of knowing which.
*/
function delete_course($courseorid, $showfeedback = true) {
< global $DB;
> global $DB, $CFG;
if (is_object($courseorid)) {
$courseid = $courseorid->id;
$course = $courseorid;
} else {
$courseid = $courseorid;
if (!$course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $courseid))) {
return false;
}
}
$context = context_course::instance($courseid);
// Frontpage course can not be deleted!!
if ($courseid == SITEID) {
return false;
}
// Allow plugins to use this course before we completely delete it.
if ($pluginsfunction = get_plugins_with_function('pre_course_delete')) {
foreach ($pluginsfunction as $plugintype => $plugins) {
foreach ($plugins as $pluginfunction) {
$pluginfunction($course);
}
}
}
// Tell the search manager we are about to delete a course. This prevents us sending updates
// for each individual context being deleted.
\core_search\manager::course_deleting_start($courseid);
$handler = core_course\customfield\course_handler::create();
$handler->delete_instance($courseid);
// Make the course completely empty.
remove_course_contents($courseid, $showfeedback);
> // Communication provider delete associated information.
// Delete the course and related context instance.
> $communication = \core_communication\api::load_by_instance(
context_helper::delete_instance(CONTEXT_COURSE, $courseid);
> $context,
> 'core_course',
$DB->delete_records("course", array("id" => $courseid));
> 'coursecommunication',
$DB->delete_records("course_format_options", array("courseid" => $courseid));
> $course->id
> );
// Reset all course related caches here.
>
core_courseformat\base::reset_course_cache($courseid);
> // Update communication room membership of enrolled users.
> require_once($CFG->libdir . '/enrollib.php');
// Tell search that we have deleted the course so it can delete course data from the index.
> $courseusers = enrol_get_course_users($courseid);
\core_search\manager::course_deleting_finish($courseid);
> $enrolledusers = [];
>
// Trigger a course deleted event.
> foreach ($courseusers as $user) {
$event = \core\event\course_deleted::create(array(
> $enrolledusers[] = $user->id;
'objectid' => $course->id,
> }
'context' => $context,
>
'other' => array(
> $communication->remove_members_from_room($enrolledusers);
'shortname' => $course->shortname,
>
'fullname' => $course->fullname,
> $communication->delete_room();
'idnumber' => $course->idnumber
>
)
));
$event->add_record_snapshot('course', $course);
$event->trigger();
return true;
}
/**
* Clear a course out completely, deleting all content but don't delete the course itself.
*
* This function does not verify any permissions.
*
* Please note this function also deletes all user enrolments,
* enrolment instances and role assignments by default.
*
* $options:
* - 'keep_roles_and_enrolments' - false by default
* - 'keep_groups_and_groupings' - false by default
*
* @param int $courseid The id of the course that is being deleted
* @param bool $showfeedback Whether to display notifications of each action the function performs.
* @param array $options extra options
* @return bool true if all the removals succeeded. false if there were any failures. If this
* method returns false, some of the removals will probably have succeeded, and others
* failed, but you have no way of knowing which.
*/
function remove_course_contents($courseid, $showfeedback = true, array $options = null) {
global $CFG, $DB, $OUTPUT;
require_once($CFG->libdir.'/badgeslib.php');
require_once($CFG->libdir.'/completionlib.php');
require_once($CFG->libdir.'/questionlib.php');
require_once($CFG->libdir.'/gradelib.php');
require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/group/lib.php');
require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/comment/lib.php');
require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/rating/lib.php');
require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/notes/lib.php');
// Handle course badges.
badges_handle_course_deletion($courseid);
// NOTE: these concatenated strings are suboptimal, but it is just extra info...
$strdeleted = get_string('deleted').' - ';
// Some crazy wishlist of stuff we should skip during purging of course content.
$options = (array)$options;
$course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $courseid), '*', MUST_EXIST);
$coursecontext = context_course::instance($courseid);
$fs = get_file_storage();
// Delete course completion information, this has to be done before grades and enrols.
$cc = new completion_info($course);
$cc->clear_criteria();
if ($showfeedback) {
echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('completion', 'completion'), 'notifysuccess');
}
// Remove all data from gradebook - this needs to be done before course modules
// because while deleting this information, the system may need to reference
// the course modules that own the grades.
remove_course_grades($courseid, $showfeedback);
remove_grade_letters($coursecontext, $showfeedback);
// Delete course blocks in any all child contexts,
// they may depend on modules so delete them first.
$childcontexts = $coursecontext->get_child_contexts(); // Returns all subcontexts since 2.2.
foreach ($childcontexts as $childcontext) {
blocks_delete_all_for_context($childcontext->id);
}
unset($childcontexts);
blocks_delete_all_for_context($coursecontext->id);
if ($showfeedback) {
echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_block_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess');
}
$DB->set_field('course_modules', 'deletioninprogress', '1', ['course' => $courseid]);
rebuild_course_cache($courseid, true);
// Get the list of all modules that are properly installed.
$allmodules = $DB->get_records_menu('modules', array(), '', 'name, id');
// Delete every instance of every module,
// this has to be done before deleting of course level stuff.
$locations = core_component::get_plugin_list('mod');
foreach ($locations as $modname => $moddir) {
if ($modname === 'NEWMODULE') {
continue;
}
if (array_key_exists($modname, $allmodules)) {
$sql = "SELECT cm.*, m.id AS modinstance, m.name, '$modname' AS modname
FROM {".$modname."} m
LEFT JOIN {course_modules} cm ON cm.instance = m.id AND cm.module = :moduleid
WHERE m.course = :courseid";
$instances = $DB->get_records_sql($sql, array('courseid' => $course->id,
'modulename' => $modname, 'moduleid' => $allmodules[$modname]));
include_once("$moddir/lib.php"); // Shows php warning only if plugin defective.
$moddelete = $modname .'_delete_instance'; // Delete everything connected to an instance.
if ($instances) {
foreach ($instances as $cm) {
if ($cm->id) {
// Delete activity context questions and question categories.
question_delete_activity($cm);
// Notify the competency subsystem.
\core_competency\api::hook_course_module_deleted($cm);
// Delete all tag instances associated with the instance of this module.
core_tag_tag::delete_instances("mod_{$modname}", null, context_module::instance($cm->id)->id);
core_tag_tag::remove_all_item_tags('core', 'course_modules', $cm->id);
}
if (function_exists($moddelete)) {
// This purges all module data in related tables, extra user prefs, settings, etc.
$moddelete($cm->modinstance);
} else {
// NOTE: we should not allow installation of modules with missing delete support!
debugging("Defective module '$modname' detected when deleting course contents: missing function $moddelete()!");
$DB->delete_records($modname, array('id' => $cm->modinstance));
}
if ($cm->id) {
// Delete cm and its context - orphaned contexts are purged in cron in case of any race condition.
context_helper::delete_instance(CONTEXT_MODULE, $cm->id);
$DB->delete_records('course_modules_completion', ['coursemoduleid' => $cm->id]);
> $DB->delete_records('course_modules_viewed', ['coursemoduleid' => $cm->id]);
$DB->delete_records('course_modules', array('id' => $cm->id));
rebuild_course_cache($cm->course, true);
}
}
}
if ($instances and $showfeedback) {
echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('pluginname', $modname), 'notifysuccess');
}
} else {
// Ooops, this module is not properly installed, force-delete it in the next block.
}
}
// We have tried to delete everything the nice way - now let's force-delete any remaining module data.
// Delete completion defaults.
$DB->delete_records("course_completion_defaults", array("course" => $courseid));
// Remove all data from availability and completion tables that is associated
// with course-modules belonging to this course. Note this is done even if the
// features are not enabled now, in case they were enabled previously.
$DB->delete_records_subquery('course_modules_completion', 'coursemoduleid', 'id',
'SELECT id from {course_modules} WHERE course = ?', [$courseid]);
> $DB->delete_records_subquery('course_modules_viewed', 'coursemoduleid', 'id',
> 'SELECT id from {course_modules} WHERE course = ?', [$courseid]);
// Remove course-module data that has not been removed in modules' _delete_instance callbacks.
$cms = $DB->get_records('course_modules', array('course' => $course->id));
$allmodulesbyid = array_flip($allmodules);
foreach ($cms as $cm) {
if (array_key_exists($cm->module, $allmodulesbyid)) {
try {
$DB->delete_records($allmodulesbyid[$cm->module], array('id' => $cm->instance));
} catch (Exception $e) {
// Ignore weird or missing table problems.
}
}
context_helper::delete_instance(CONTEXT_MODULE, $cm->id);
$DB->delete_records('course_modules', array('id' => $cm->id));
rebuild_course_cache($cm->course, true);
}
if ($showfeedback) {
echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_mod_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess');
}
// Delete questions and question categories.
question_delete_course($course);
if ($showfeedback) {
echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('questions', 'question'), 'notifysuccess');
}
// Delete content bank contents.
$cb = new \core_contentbank\contentbank();
$cbdeleted = $cb->delete_contents($coursecontext);
if ($showfeedback && $cbdeleted) {
echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('contentbank', 'contentbank'), 'notifysuccess');
}
// Make sure there are no subcontexts left - all valid blocks and modules should be already gone.
$childcontexts = $coursecontext->get_child_contexts(); // Returns all subcontexts since 2.2.
foreach ($childcontexts as $childcontext) {
$childcontext->delete();
}
unset($childcontexts);
// Remove roles and enrolments by default.
if (empty($options['keep_roles_and_enrolments'])) {
// This hack is used in restore when deleting contents of existing course.
// During restore, we should remove only enrolment related data that the user performing the restore has a
// permission to remove.
$userid = $options['userid'] ?? null;
enrol_course_delete($course, $userid);
role_unassign_all(array('contextid' => $coursecontext->id, 'component' => ''), true);
if ($showfeedback) {
echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_enrol_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess');
}
}
// Delete any groups, removing members and grouping/course links first.
if (empty($options['keep_groups_and_groupings'])) {
groups_delete_groupings($course->id, $showfeedback);
groups_delete_groups($course->id, $showfeedback);
}
// Filters be gone!
filter_delete_all_for_context($coursecontext->id);
// Notes, you shall not pass!
note_delete_all($course->id);
// Die comments!
comment::delete_comments($coursecontext->id);
// Ratings are history too.
$delopt = new stdclass();
$delopt->contextid = $coursecontext->id;
$rm = new rating_manager();
$rm->delete_ratings($delopt);
// Delete course tags.
core_tag_tag::remove_all_item_tags('core', 'course', $course->id);
// Give the course format the opportunity to remove its obscure data.
$format = course_get_format($course);
$format->delete_format_data();
// Notify the competency subsystem.
\core_competency\api::hook_course_deleted($course);
// Delete calendar events.
$DB->delete_records('event', array('courseid' => $course->id));
$fs->delete_area_files($coursecontext->id, 'calendar');
// Delete all related records in other core tables that may have a courseid
// This array stores the tables that need to be cleared, as
// table_name => column_name that contains the course id.
$tablestoclear = array(
'backup_courses' => 'courseid', // Scheduled backup stuff.
'user_lastaccess' => 'courseid', // User access info.
);
foreach ($tablestoclear as $table => $col) {
$DB->delete_records($table, array($col => $course->id));
}
// Delete all course backup files.
$fs->delete_area_files($coursecontext->id, 'backup');
// Cleanup course record - remove links to deleted stuff.
> // Do not wipe cacherev, as this course might be reused and we need to ensure that it keeps
$oldcourse = new stdClass();
> // increasing.
$oldcourse->id = $course->id;
$oldcourse->summary = '';
< $oldcourse->cacherev = 0;
$oldcourse->legacyfiles = 0;
if (!empty($options['keep_groups_and_groupings'])) {
$oldcourse->defaultgroupingid = 0;
}
$DB->update_record('course', $oldcourse);
// Delete course sections.
$DB->delete_records('course_sections', array('course' => $course->id));
// Delete legacy, section and any other course files.
$fs->delete_area_files($coursecontext->id, 'course'); // Files from summary and section.
// Delete all remaining stuff linked to context such as files, comments, ratings, etc.
if (empty($options['keep_roles_and_enrolments']) and empty($options['keep_groups_and_groupings'])) {
// Easy, do not delete the context itself...
$coursecontext->delete_content();
} else {
// Hack alert!!!!
// We can not drop all context stuff because it would bork enrolments and roles,
// there might be also files used by enrol plugins...
}
// Delete legacy files - just in case some files are still left there after conversion to new file api,
// also some non-standard unsupported plugins may try to store something there.
fulldelete($CFG->dataroot.'/'.$course->id);
// Delete from cache to reduce the cache size especially makes sense in case of bulk course deletion.
course_modinfo::purge_course_cache($courseid);
// Trigger a course content deleted event.
$event = \core\event\course_content_deleted::create(array(
'objectid' => $course->id,
'context' => $coursecontext,
'other' => array('shortname' => $course->shortname,
'fullname' => $course->fullname,
'options' => $options) // Passing this for legacy reasons.
));
$event->add_record_snapshot('course', $course);
$event->trigger();
return true;
}
/**
* Change dates in module - used from course reset.
*
* @param string $modname forum, assignment, etc
* @param array $fields array of date fields from mod table
* @param int $timeshift time difference
* @param int $courseid
* @param int $modid (Optional) passed if specific mod instance in course needs to be updated.
* @return bool success
*/
function shift_course_mod_dates($modname, $fields, $timeshift, $courseid, $modid = 0) {
global $CFG, $DB;
include_once($CFG->dirroot.'/mod/'.$modname.'/lib.php');
$return = true;
$params = array($timeshift, $courseid);
foreach ($fields as $field) {
$updatesql = "UPDATE {".$modname."}
SET $field = $field + ?
WHERE course=? AND $field<>0";
if ($modid) {
$updatesql .= ' AND id=?';
$params[] = $modid;
}
$return = $DB->execute($updatesql, $params) && $return;
}
return $return;
}
/**
* This function will empty a course of user data.
* It will retain the activities and the structure of the course.
*
* @param object $data an object containing all the settings including courseid (without magic quotes)
* @return array status array of array component, item, error
*/
function reset_course_userdata($data) {
global $CFG, $DB;
require_once($CFG->libdir.'/gradelib.php');
require_once($CFG->libdir.'/completionlib.php');
require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/completion/criteria/completion_criteria_date.php');
require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/group/lib.php');
$data->courseid = $data->id;
$context = context_course::instance($data->courseid);
$eventparams = array(
'context' => $context,
'courseid' => $data->id,
'other' => array(
'reset_options' => (array) $data
)
);
$event = \core\event\course_reset_started::create($eventparams);
$event->trigger();
// Calculate the time shift of dates.
if (!empty($data->reset_start_date)) {
// Time part of course startdate should be zero.
$data->timeshift = $data->reset_start_date - usergetmidnight($data->reset_start_date_old);
} else {
$data->timeshift = 0;
}
// Result array: component, item, error.
$status = array();
// Start the resetting.
$componentstr = get_string('general');
// Move the course start time.
if (!empty($data->reset_start_date) and $data->timeshift) {
// Change course start data.
$DB->set_field('course', 'startdate', $data->reset_start_date, array('id' => $data->courseid));
// Update all course and group events - do not move activity events.
$updatesql = "UPDATE {event}
SET timestart = timestart + ?
WHERE courseid=? AND instance=0";
$DB->execute($updatesql, array($data->timeshift, $data->courseid));
// Update any date activity restrictions.
if ($CFG->enableavailability) {
\availability_date\condition::update_all_dates($data->courseid, $data->timeshift);
}
// Update completion expected dates.
if ($CFG->enablecompletion) {
$modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($data->courseid);
$changed = false;
foreach ($modinfo->get_cms() as $cm) {
if ($cm->completion && !empty($cm->completionexpected)) {
$DB->set_field('course_modules', 'completionexpected', $cm->completionexpected + $data->timeshift,
array('id' => $cm->id));
$changed = true;
}
}
// Clear course cache if changes made.
if ($changed) {
rebuild_course_cache($data->courseid, true);
}
// Update course date completion criteria.
\completion_criteria_date::update_date($data->courseid, $data->timeshift);
}
$status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('datechanged'), 'error' => false);
}
if (!empty($data->reset_end_date)) {
// If the user set a end date value respect it.
$DB->set_field('course', 'enddate', $data->reset_end_date, array('id' => $data->courseid));
} else if ($data->timeshift > 0 && $data->reset_end_date_old) {
// If there is a time shift apply it to the end date as well.
$enddate = $data->reset_end_date_old + $data->timeshift;
$DB->set_field('course', 'enddate', $enddate, array('id' => $data->courseid));
}
if (!empty($data->reset_events)) {
$DB->delete_records('event', array('courseid' => $data->courseid));
$status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteevents', 'calendar'), 'error' => false);
}
if (!empty($data->reset_notes)) {
require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/notes/lib.php');
note_delete_all($data->courseid);
$status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletenotes', 'notes'), 'error' => false);
}
if (!empty($data->delete_blog_associations)) {
require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/blog/lib.php');
blog_remove_associations_for_course($data->courseid);
$status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteblogassociations', 'blog'), 'error' => false);
}
if (!empty($data->reset_completion)) {
// Delete course and activity completion information.
$course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $data->courseid));
$cc = new completion_info($course);
$cc->delete_all_completion_data();
$status[] = array('component' => $componentstr,
'item' => get_string('deletecompletiondata', 'completion'), 'error' => false);
}
if (!empty($data->reset_competency_ratings)) {
\core_competency\api::hook_course_reset_competency_ratings($data->courseid);
$status[] = array('component' => $componentstr,
'item' => get_string('deletecompetencyratings', 'core_competency'), 'error' => false);
}
$componentstr = get_string('roles');
if (!empty($data->reset_roles_overrides)) {
$children = $context->get_child_contexts();
foreach ($children as $child) {
$child->delete_capabilities();
}
$context->delete_capabilities();
$status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletecourseoverrides', 'role'), 'error' => false);
}
if (!empty($data->reset_roles_local)) {
$children = $context->get_child_contexts();
foreach ($children as $child) {
role_unassign_all(array('contextid' => $child->id));
}
$status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletelocalroles', 'role'), 'error' => false);
}
// First unenrol users - this cleans some of related user data too, such as forum subscriptions, tracking, etc.
$data->unenrolled = array();
if (!empty($data->unenrol_users)) {
$plugins = enrol_get_plugins(true);
$instances = enrol_get_instances($data->courseid, true);
foreach ($instances as $key => $instance) {
if (!isset($plugins[$instance->enrol])) {
unset($instances[$key]);
continue;
}
}
$usersroles = enrol_get_course_users_roles($data->courseid);
foreach ($data->unenrol_users as $withroleid) {
if ($withroleid) {
$sql = "SELECT ue.*
FROM {user_enrolments} ue
JOIN {enrol} e ON (e.id = ue.enrolid AND e.courseid = :courseid)
JOIN {context} c ON (c.contextlevel = :courselevel AND c.instanceid = e.courseid)
JOIN {role_assignments} ra ON (ra.contextid = c.id AND ra.roleid = :roleid AND ra.userid = ue.userid)";
$params = array('courseid' => $data->courseid, 'roleid' => $withroleid, 'courselevel' => CONTEXT_COURSE);
} else {
// Without any role assigned at course context.
$sql = "SELECT ue.*
FROM {user_enrolments} ue
JOIN {enrol} e ON (e.id = ue.enrolid AND e.courseid = :courseid)
JOIN {context} c ON (c.contextlevel = :courselevel AND c.instanceid = e.courseid)
LEFT JOIN {role_assignments} ra ON (ra.contextid = c.id AND ra.userid = ue.userid)
WHERE ra.id IS null";
$params = array('courseid' => $data->courseid, 'courselevel' => CONTEXT_COURSE);
}
$rs = $DB->get_recordset_sql($sql, $params);
foreach ($rs as $ue) {
if (!isset($instances[$ue->enrolid])) {
continue;
}
$instance = $instances[$ue->enrolid];
$plugin = $plugins[$instance->enrol];
if (!$plugin->allow_unenrol($instance) and !$plugin->allow_unenrol_user($instance, $ue)) {
continue;
}
if ($withroleid && count($usersroles[$ue->userid]) > 1) {
// If we don't remove all roles and user has more than one role, just remove this role.
role_unassign($withroleid, $ue->userid, $context->id);
unset($usersroles[$ue->userid][$withroleid]);
} else {
// If we remove all roles or user has only one role, unenrol user from course.
$plugin->unenrol_user($instance, $ue->userid);
}
$data->unenrolled[$ue->userid] = $ue->userid;
}
$rs->close();
}
}
if (!empty($data->unenrolled)) {
$status[] = array(
'component' => $componentstr,
'item' => get_string('unenrol', 'enrol').' ('.count($data->unenrolled).')',
'error' => false
);
}
$componentstr = get_string('groups');
// Remove all group members.
if (!empty($data->reset_groups_members)) {
groups_delete_group_members($data->courseid);
$status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removegroupsmembers', 'group'), 'error' => false);
}
// Remove all groups.
if (!empty($data->reset_groups_remove)) {
groups_delete_groups($data->courseid, false);
$status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteallgroups', 'group'), 'error' => false);
}
// Remove all grouping members.
if (!empty($data->reset_groupings_members)) {
groups_delete_groupings_groups($data->courseid, false);
$status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removegroupingsmembers', 'group'), 'error' => false);
}
// Remove all groupings.
if (!empty($data->reset_groupings_remove)) {
groups_delete_groupings($data->courseid, false);
$status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteallgroupings', 'group'), 'error' => false);
}
// Look in every instance of every module for data to delete.
$unsupportedmods = array();
if ($allmods = $DB->get_records('modules') ) {
foreach ($allmods as $mod) {
$modname = $mod->name;
$modfile = $CFG->dirroot.'/mod/'. $modname.'/lib.php';
$moddeleteuserdata = $modname.'_reset_userdata'; // Function to delete user data.
if (file_exists($modfile)) {
if (!$DB->count_records($modname, array('course' => $data->courseid))) {
continue; // Skip mods with no instances.
}
include_once($modfile);
if (function_exists($moddeleteuserdata)) {
$modstatus = $moddeleteuserdata($data);
if (is_array($modstatus)) {
$status = array_merge($status, $modstatus);
} else {
debugging('Module '.$modname.' returned incorrect staus - must be an array!');
}
} else {
$unsupportedmods[] = $mod;
}
} else {
debugging('Missing lib.php in '.$modname.' module!');
}
// Update calendar events for all modules.
course_module_bulk_update_calendar_events($modname, $data->courseid);
}
// Purge the course cache after resetting course start date. MDL-76936
if ($data->timeshift) {
course_modinfo::purge_course_cache($data->courseid);
}
}
// Mention unsupported mods.
if (!empty($unsupportedmods)) {
foreach ($unsupportedmods as $mod) {
$status[] = array(
'component' => get_string('modulenameplural', $mod->name),
'item' => '',
'error' => get_string('resetnotimplemented')
);
}
}
$componentstr = get_string('gradebook', 'grades');
// Reset gradebook,.
if (!empty($data->reset_gradebook_items)) {
remove_course_grades($data->courseid, false);
grade_grab_course_grades($data->courseid);
grade_regrade_final_grades($data->courseid);
$status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removeallcourseitems', 'grades'), 'error' => false);
} else if (!empty($data->reset_gradebook_grades)) {
grade_course_reset($data->courseid);
$status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removeallcoursegrades', 'grades'), 'error' => false);
}
// Reset comments.
if (!empty($data->reset_comments)) {
require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/comment/lib.php');
comment::reset_course_page_comments($context);
}
$event = \core\event\course_reset_ended::create($eventparams);
$event->trigger();
return $status;
}
/**
* Generate an email processing address.
*
* @param int $modid
* @param string $modargs
* @return string Returns email processing address
*/
function generate_email_processing_address($modid, $modargs) {
global $CFG;
$header = $CFG->mailprefix . substr(base64_encode(pack('C', $modid)), 0, 2).$modargs;
return $header . substr(md5($header.get_site_identifier()), 0, 16).'@'.$CFG->maildomain;
}
/**
* ?
*
* @todo Finish documenting this function
*
* @param string $modargs
* @param string $body Currently unused
*/
function moodle_process_email($modargs, $body) {
global $DB;
// The first char should be an unencoded letter. We'll take this as an action.
switch ($modargs[0]) {
case 'B': { // Bounce.
list(, $userid) = unpack('V', base64_decode(substr($modargs, 1, 8)));
if ($user = $DB->get_record("user", array('id' => $userid), "id,email")) {
// Check the half md5 of their email.
$md5check = substr(md5($user->email), 0, 16);
if ($md5check == substr($modargs, -16)) {
set_bounce_count($user);
}
// Else maybe they've already changed it?
}
}
break;
// Maybe more later?
}
}
// CORRESPONDENCE.
/**
* Get mailer instance, enable buffering, flush buffer or disable buffering.
*
* @param string $action 'get', 'buffer', 'close' or 'flush'
* @return moodle_phpmailer|null mailer instance if 'get' used or nothing
*/
function get_mailer($action='get') {
global $CFG;
/** @var moodle_phpmailer $mailer */
static $mailer = null;
static $counter = 0;
if (!isset($CFG->smtpmaxbulk)) {
$CFG->smtpmaxbulk = 1;
}
if ($action == 'get') {
$prevkeepalive = false;
if (isset($mailer) and $mailer->Mailer == 'smtp') {
if ($counter < $CFG->smtpmaxbulk and !$mailer->isError()) {
$counter++;
// Reset the mailer.
$mailer->Priority = 3;
$mailer->CharSet = 'UTF-8'; // Our default.
$mailer->ContentType = "text/plain";
$mailer->Encoding = "8bit";
$mailer->From = "root@localhost";
$mailer->FromName = "Root User";
$mailer->Sender = "";
$mailer->Subject = "";
$mailer->Body = "";
$mailer->AltBody = "";
$mailer->ConfirmReadingTo = "";
$mailer->clearAllRecipients();
$mailer->clearReplyTos();
$mailer->clearAttachments();
$mailer->clearCustomHeaders();
return $mailer;
}
$prevkeepalive = $mailer->SMTPKeepAlive;
get_mailer('flush');
}
require_once($CFG->libdir.'/phpmailer/moodle_phpmailer.php');
$mailer = new moodle_phpmailer();
$counter = 1;
if ($CFG->smtphosts == 'qmail') {
// Use Qmail system.
$mailer->isQmail();
} else if (empty($CFG->smtphosts)) {
// Use PHP mail() = sendmail.
$mailer->isMail();
} else {
// Use SMTP directly.
$mailer->isSMTP();
if (!empty($CFG->debugsmtp) && (!empty($CFG->debugdeveloper))) {
$mailer->SMTPDebug = 3;
}
// Specify main and backup servers.
$mailer->Host = $CFG->smtphosts;
// Specify secure connection protocol.
$mailer->SMTPSecure = $CFG->smtpsecure;
// Use previous keepalive.
$mailer->SMTPKeepAlive = $prevkeepalive;
if ($CFG->smtpuser) {
// Use SMTP authentication.
$mailer->SMTPAuth = true;
$mailer->Username = $CFG->smtpuser;
$mailer->Password = $CFG->smtppass;
}
}
return $mailer;
}
$nothing = null;
// Keep smtp session open after sending.
if ($action == 'buffer') {
if (!empty($CFG->smtpmaxbulk)) {
get_mailer('flush');
$m = get_mailer();
if ($m->Mailer == 'smtp') {
$m->SMTPKeepAlive = true;
}
}
return $nothing;
}
// Close smtp session, but continue buffering.
if ($action == 'flush') {
if (isset($mailer) and $mailer->Mailer == 'smtp') {
if (!empty($mailer->SMTPDebug)) {
echo '<pre>'."\n";
}
$mailer->SmtpClose();
if (!empty($mailer->SMTPDebug)) {
echo '</pre>';
}
}
return $nothing;
}
// Close smtp session, do not buffer anymore.
if ($action == 'close') {
if (isset($mailer) and $mailer->Mailer == 'smtp') {
get_mailer('flush');
$mailer->SMTPKeepAlive = false;
}
$mailer = null; // Better force new instance.
return $nothing;
}
}
/**
* A helper function to test for email diversion
*
* @param string $email
* @return bool Returns true if the email should be diverted
*/
function email_should_be_diverted($email) {
global $CFG;
if (empty($CFG->divertallemailsto)) {
return false;
}
if (empty($CFG->divertallemailsexcept)) {
return true;
}
$patterns = array_map('trim', preg_split("/[\s,]+/", $CFG->divertallemailsexcept, -1, PREG_SPLIT_NO_EMPTY));
foreach ($patterns as $pattern) {
< if (preg_match("/$pattern/", $email)) {
> if (preg_match("/{$pattern}/i", $email)) {
return false;
}
}
return true;
}
/**
* Generate a unique email Message-ID using the moodle domain and install path
*
* @param string $localpart An optional unique message id prefix.
* @return string The formatted ID ready for appending to the email headers.
*/
function generate_email_messageid($localpart = null) {
global $CFG;
$urlinfo = parse_url($CFG->wwwroot);
$base = '@' . $urlinfo['host'];
// If multiple moodles are on the same domain we want to tell them
// apart so we add the install path to the local part. This means
// that the id local part should never contain a / character so
// we can correctly parse the id to reassemble the wwwroot.
if (isset($urlinfo['path'])) {
$base = $urlinfo['path'] . $base;
}
if (empty($localpart)) {
$localpart = uniqid('', true);
}
// Because we may have an option /installpath suffix to the local part
// of the id we need to escape any / chars which are in the $localpart.
$localpart = str_replace('/', '%2F', $localpart);
return '<' . $localpart . $base . '>';
}
/**
* Send an email to a specified user
*
* @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
* @param stdClass $from A {@link $USER} object
* @param string $subject plain text subject line of the email
* @param string $messagetext plain text version of the message
* @param string $messagehtml complete html version of the message (optional)
* @param string $attachment a file on the filesystem, either relative to $CFG->dataroot or a full path to a file in one of
* the following directories: $CFG->cachedir, $CFG->dataroot, $CFG->dirroot, $CFG->localcachedir, $CFG->tempdir
* @param string $attachname the name of the file (extension indicates MIME)
* @param bool $usetrueaddress determines whether $from email address should
* be sent out. Will be overruled by user profile setting for maildisplay
* @param string $replyto Email address to reply to
* @param string $replytoname Name of reply to recipient
* @param int $wordwrapwidth custom word wrap width, default 79
* @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
*/
function email_to_user($user, $from, $subject, $messagetext, $messagehtml = '', $attachment = '', $attachname = '',
$usetrueaddress = true, $replyto = '', $replytoname = '', $wordwrapwidth = 79) {
global $CFG, $PAGE, $SITE;
if (empty($user) or empty($user->id)) {
debugging('Can not send email to null user', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
return false;
}
if (empty($user->email)) {
debugging('Can not send email to user without email: '.$user->id, DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
return false;
}
if (!empty($user->deleted)) {
debugging('Can not send email to deleted user: '.$user->id, DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
return false;
}
if (defined('BEHAT_SITE_RUNNING')) {
// Fake email sending in behat.
return true;
}
if (!empty($CFG->noemailever)) {
// Hidden setting for development sites, set in config.php if needed.
debugging('Not sending email due to $CFG->noemailever config setting', DEBUG_NORMAL);
return true;
}
if (email_should_be_diverted($user->email)) {
$subject = "[DIVERTED {$user->email}] $subject";
$user = clone($user);
$user->email = $CFG->divertallemailsto;
}
// Skip mail to suspended users.
if ((isset($user->auth) && $user->auth=='nologin') or (isset($user->suspended) && $user->suspended)) {
return true;
}
if (!validate_email($user->email)) {
// We can not send emails to invalid addresses - it might create security issue or confuse the mailer.
debugging("email_to_user: User $user->id (".fullname($user).") email ($user->email) is invalid! Not sending.");
return false;
}
if (over_bounce_threshold($user)) {
debugging("email_to_user: User $user->id (".fullname($user).") is over bounce threshold! Not sending.");
return false;
}
// TLD .invalid is specifically reserved for invalid domain names.
// For More information, see {@link http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2606#section-2}.
if (substr($user->email, -8) == '.invalid') {
debugging("email_to_user: User $user->id (".fullname($user).") email domain ($user->email) is invalid! Not sending.");
return true; // This is not an error.
}
// If the user is a remote mnet user, parse the email text for URL to the
// wwwroot and modify the url to direct the user's browser to login at their
// home site (identity provider - idp) before hitting the link itself.
if (is_mnet_remote_user($user)) {
require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/mnet/lib.php');
$jumpurl = mnet_get_idp_jump_url($user);
$callback = partial('mnet_sso_apply_indirection', $jumpurl);
$messagetext = preg_replace_callback("%($CFG->wwwroot[^[:space:]]*)%",
$callback,
$messagetext);
$messagehtml = preg_replace_callback("%href=[\"'`]($CFG->wwwroot[\w_:\?=#&@/;.~-]*)[\"'`]%",
$callback,
$messagehtml);
}
$mail = get_mailer();
if (!empty($mail->SMTPDebug)) {
echo '<pre>' . "\n";
}
$temprecipients = array();
$tempreplyto = array();
// Make sure that we fall back onto some reasonable no-reply address.
$noreplyaddressdefault = 'noreply@' . get_host_from_url($CFG->wwwroot);
$noreplyaddress = empty($CFG->noreplyaddress) ? $noreplyaddressdefault : $CFG->noreplyaddress;
if (!validate_email($noreplyaddress)) {
debugging('email_to_user: Invalid noreply-email '.s($noreplyaddress));
$noreplyaddress = $noreplyaddressdefault;
}
// Make up an email address for handling bounces.
if (!empty($CFG->handlebounces)) {
$modargs = 'B'.base64_encode(pack('V', $user->id)).substr(md5($user->email), 0, 16);
$mail->Sender = generate_email_processing_address(0, $modargs);
} else {
$mail->Sender = $noreplyaddress;
}
// Make sure that the explicit replyto is valid, fall back to the implicit one.
if (!empty($replyto) && !validate_email($replyto)) {
debugging('email_to_user: Invalid replyto-email '.s($replyto));
$replyto = $noreplyaddress;
}
if (is_string($from)) { // So we can pass whatever we want if there is need.
$mail->From = $noreplyaddress;
$mail->FromName = $from;
// Check if using the true address is true, and the email is in the list of allowed domains for sending email,
// and that the senders email setting is either displayed to everyone, or display to only other users that are enrolled
// in a course with the sender.
} else if ($usetrueaddress && can_send_from_real_email_address($from, $user)) {
if (!validate_email($from->email)) {
debugging('email_to_user: Invalid from-email '.s($from->email).' - not sending');
// Better not to use $noreplyaddress in this case.
return false;
}
$mail->From = $from->email;
$fromdetails = new stdClass();
$fromdetails->name = fullname($from);
$fromdetails->url = preg_replace('#^https?://#', '', $CFG->wwwroot);
$fromdetails->siteshortname = format_string($SITE->shortname);
$fromstring = $fromdetails->name;
if ($CFG->emailfromvia == EMAIL_VIA_ALWAYS) {
$fromstring = get_string('emailvia', 'core', $fromdetails);
}
$mail->FromName = $fromstring;
if (empty($replyto)) {
$tempreplyto[] = array($from->email, fullname($from));
}
} else {
$mail->From = $noreplyaddress;
$fromdetails = new stdClass();
$fromdetails->name = fullname($from);
$fromdetails->url = preg_replace('#^https?://#', '', $CFG->wwwroot);
$fromdetails->siteshortname = format_string($SITE->shortname);
$fromstring = $fromdetails->name;
if ($CFG->emailfromvia != EMAIL_VIA_NEVER) {
$fromstring = get_string('emailvia', 'core', $fromdetails);
}
$mail->FromName = $fromstring;
if (empty($replyto)) {
$tempreplyto[] = array($noreplyaddress, get_string('noreplyname'));
}
}
if (!empty($replyto)) {
$tempreplyto[] = array($replyto, $replytoname);
}
$temprecipients[] = array($user->email, fullname($user));
// Set word wrap.
$mail->WordWrap = $wordwrapwidth;
if (!empty($from->customheaders)) {
// Add custom headers.
if (is_array($from->customheaders)) {
foreach ($from->customheaders as $customheader) {
$mail->addCustomHeader($customheader);
}
} else {
$mail->addCustomHeader($from->customheaders);
}
}
// If the X-PHP-Originating-Script email header is on then also add an additional
// header with details of where exactly in moodle the email was triggered from,
// either a call to message_send() or to email_to_user().
if (ini_get('mail.add_x_header')) {
$stack = debug_backtrace(false);
$origin = $stack[0];
foreach ($stack as $depth => $call) {
if ($call['function'] == 'message_send') {
$origin = $call;
}
}
$originheader = $CFG->wwwroot . ' => ' . gethostname() . ':'
. str_replace($CFG->dirroot . '/', '', $origin['file']) . ':' . $origin['line'];
$mail->addCustomHeader('X-Moodle-Originating-Script: ' . $originheader);
}
if (!empty($CFG->emailheaders)) {
$headers = array_map('trim', explode("\n", $CFG->emailheaders));
foreach ($headers as $header) {
if (!empty($header)) {
$mail->addCustomHeader($header);
}
}
}
if (!empty($from->priority)) {
$mail->Priority = $from->priority;
}
$renderer = $PAGE->get_renderer('core');
$context = array(
'sitefullname' => $SITE->fullname,
'siteshortname' => $SITE->shortname,
'sitewwwroot' => $CFG->wwwroot,
'subject' => $subject,
'prefix' => $CFG->emailsubjectprefix,
'to' => $user->email,
'toname' => fullname($user),
'from' => $mail->From,
'fromname' => $mail->FromName,
);
if (!empty($tempreplyto[0])) {
$context['replyto'] = $tempreplyto[0][0];
$context['replytoname'] = $tempreplyto[0][1];
}
if ($user->id > 0) {
$context['touserid'] = $user->id;
$context['tousername'] = $user->username;
}
if (!empty($user->mailformat) && $user->mailformat == 1) {
// Only process html templates if the user preferences allow html email.
if (!$messagehtml) {
// If no html has been given, BUT there is an html wrapping template then
// auto convert the text to html and then wrap it.
$messagehtml = trim(text_to_html($messagetext));
}
$context['body'] = $messagehtml;
$messagehtml = $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_html', $context);
}
$context['body'] = html_to_text(nl2br($messagetext));
$mail->Subject = $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_subject', $context);
$mail->FromName = $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_fromname', $context);
$messagetext = $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_text', $context);
// Autogenerate a MessageID if it's missing.
if (empty($mail->MessageID)) {
$mail->MessageID = generate_email_messageid();
}
if ($messagehtml && !empty($user->mailformat) && $user->mailformat == 1) {
// Don't ever send HTML to users who don't want it.
$mail->isHTML(true);
$mail->Encoding = 'quoted-printable';
$mail->Body = $messagehtml;
$mail->AltBody = "\n$messagetext\n";
} else {
$mail->IsHTML(false);
$mail->Body = "\n$messagetext\n";
}
if ($attachment && $attachname) {
if (preg_match( "~\\.\\.~" , $attachment )) {
// Security check for ".." in dir path.
$supportuser = core_user::get_support_user();
$temprecipients[] = array($supportuser->email, fullname($supportuser, true));
$mail->addStringAttachment('Error in attachment. User attempted to attach a filename with a unsafe name.', 'error.txt', '8bit', 'text/plain');
} else {
require_once($CFG->libdir.'/filelib.php');
$mimetype = mimeinfo('type', $attachname);
// Before doing the comparison, make sure that the paths are correct (Windows uses slashes in the other direction).
// The absolute (real) path is also fetched to ensure that comparisons to allowed paths are compared equally.
$attachpath = str_replace('\\', '/', realpath($attachment));
// Build an array of all filepaths from which attachments can be added (normalised slashes, absolute/real path).
$allowedpaths = array_map(function(string $path): string {
return str_replace('\\', '/', realpath($path));
}, [
$CFG->cachedir,
$CFG->dataroot,
$CFG->dirroot,
$CFG->localcachedir,
$CFG->tempdir,
$CFG->localrequestdir,
]);
// Set addpath to true.
$addpath = true;
// Check if attachment includes one of the allowed paths.
foreach (array_filter($allowedpaths) as $allowedpath) {
// Set addpath to false if the attachment includes one of the allowed paths.
if (strpos($attachpath, $allowedpath) === 0) {
$addpath = false;
break;
}
}
// If the attachment is a full path to a file in the multiple allowed paths, use it as is,
// otherwise assume it is a relative path from the dataroot (for backwards compatibility reasons).
if ($addpath == true) {
$attachment = $CFG->dataroot . '/' . $attachment;
}
$mail->addAttachment($attachment, $attachname, 'base64', $mimetype);
}
}
// Check if the email should be sent in an other charset then the default UTF-8.
if ((!empty($CFG->sitemailcharset) || !empty($CFG->allowusermailcharset))) {
// Use the defined site mail charset or eventually the one preferred by the recipient.
$charset = $CFG->sitemailcharset;
if (!empty($CFG->allowusermailcharset)) {
if ($useremailcharset = get_user_preferences('mailcharset', '0', $user->id)) {
$charset = $useremailcharset;
}
}
// Convert all the necessary strings if the charset is supported.
$charsets = get_list_of_charsets();
unset($charsets['UTF-8']);
if (in_array($charset, $charsets)) {
$mail->CharSet = $charset;
$mail->FromName = core_text::convert($mail->FromName, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
$mail->Subject = core_text::convert($mail->Subject, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
$mail->Body = core_text::convert($mail->Body, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
$mail->AltBody = core_text::convert($mail->AltBody, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
foreach ($temprecipients as $key => $values) {
$temprecipients[$key][1] = core_text::convert($values[1], 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
}
foreach ($tempreplyto as $key => $values) {
$tempreplyto[$key][1] = core_text::convert($values[1], 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
}
}
}
foreach ($temprecipients as $values) {
$mail->addAddress($values[0], $values[1]);
}
foreach ($tempreplyto as $values) {
$mail->addReplyTo($values[0], $values[1]);
}
if (!empty($CFG->emaildkimselector)) {
$domain = substr(strrchr($mail->From, "@"), 1);
$pempath = "{$CFG->dataroot}/dkim/{$domain}/{$CFG->emaildkimselector}.private";
if (file_exists($pempath)) {
$mail->DKIM_domain = $domain;
$mail->DKIM_private = $pempath;
$mail->DKIM_selector = $CFG->emaildkimselector;
$mail->DKIM_identity = $mail->From;
} else {
debugging("Email DKIM selector chosen due to {$mail->From} but no certificate found at $pempath", DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
}
}
if ($mail->send()) {
set_send_count($user);
if (!empty($mail->SMTPDebug)) {
echo '</pre>';
}
return true;
} else {
// Trigger event for failing to send email.
$event = \core\event\email_failed::create(array(
'context' => context_system::instance(),
'userid' => $from->id,
'relateduserid' => $user->id,
'other' => array(
'subject' => $subject,
'message' => $messagetext,
'errorinfo' => $mail->ErrorInfo
)
));
$event->trigger();
if (CLI_SCRIPT) {
mtrace('Error: lib/moodlelib.php email_to_user(): '.$mail->ErrorInfo);
}
if (!empty($mail->SMTPDebug)) {
echo '</pre>';
}
return false;
}
}
/**
* Check to see if a user's real email address should be used for the "From" field.
*
* @param object $from The user object for the user we are sending the email from.
* @param object $user The user object that we are sending the email to.
* @param array $unused No longer used.
* @return bool Returns true if we can use the from user's email adress in the "From" field.
*/
function can_send_from_real_email_address($from, $user, $unused = null) {
global $CFG;
if (!isset($CFG->allowedemaildomains) || empty(trim($CFG->allowedemaildomains))) {
return false;
}
$alloweddomains = array_map('trim', explode("\n", $CFG->allowedemaildomains));
// Email is in the list of allowed domains for sending email,
// and the senders email setting is either displayed to everyone, or display to only other users that are enrolled
// in a course with the sender.
if (\core\ip_utils::is_domain_in_allowed_list(substr($from->email, strpos($from->email, '@') + 1), $alloweddomains)
&& ($from->maildisplay == core_user::MAILDISPLAY_EVERYONE
|| ($from->maildisplay == core_user::MAILDISPLAY_COURSE_MEMBERS_ONLY
&& enrol_get_shared_courses($user, $from, false, true)))) {
return true;
}
return false;
}
/**
* Generate a signoff for emails based on support settings
*
* @return string
*/
function generate_email_signoff() {
< global $CFG;
> global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
$signoff = "\n";
if (!empty($CFG->supportname)) {
$signoff .= $CFG->supportname."\n";
}
< if (!empty($CFG->supportemail)) {
< $signoff .= $CFG->supportemail."\n";
< }
< if (!empty($CFG->supportpage)) {
< $signoff .= $CFG->supportpage."\n";
>
> $supportemail = $OUTPUT->supportemail(['class' => 'font-weight-bold']);
>
> if ($supportemail) {
> $signoff .= "\n" . $supportemail . "\n";
}
>
return $signoff;
}
/**
* Sets specified user's password and send the new password to the user via email.
*
* @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
* @param bool $fasthash If true, use a low cost factor when generating the hash for speed.
* @return bool|string Returns "true" if mail was sent OK and "false" if there was an error
*/
function setnew_password_and_mail($user, $fasthash = false) {
global $CFG, $DB;
// We try to send the mail in language the user understands,
// unfortunately the filter_string() does not support alternative langs yet
// so multilang will not work properly for site->fullname.
$lang = empty($user->lang) ? get_newuser_language() : $user->lang;
$site = get_site();
$supportuser = core_user::get_support_user();
$newpassword = generate_password();
update_internal_user_password($user, $newpassword, $fasthash);
$a = new stdClass();
$a->firstname = fullname($user, true);
$a->sitename = format_string($site->fullname);
$a->username = $user->username;
$a->newpassword = $newpassword;
$a->link = $CFG->wwwroot .'/login/?lang='.$lang;
$a->signoff = generate_email_signoff();
$message = (string)new lang_string('newusernewpasswordtext', '', $a, $lang);
$subject = format_string($site->fullname) .': '. (string)new lang_string('newusernewpasswordsubj', '', $a, $lang);
// Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
}
/**
* Resets specified user's password and send the new password to the user via email.
*
* @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
* @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
*/
function reset_password_and_mail($user) {
global $CFG;
$site = get_site();
$supportuser = core_user::get_support_user();
$userauth = get_auth_plugin($user->auth);
if (!$userauth->can_reset_password() or !is_enabled_auth($user->auth)) {
trigger_error("Attempt to reset user password for user $user->username with Auth $user->auth.");
return false;
}
$newpassword = generate_password();
if (!$userauth->user_update_password($user, $newpassword)) {
< print_error("cannotsetpassword");
> throw new \moodle_exception("cannotsetpassword");
}
$a = new stdClass();
$a->firstname = $user->firstname;
$a->lastname = $user->lastname;
$a->sitename = format_string($site->fullname);
$a->username = $user->username;
$a->newpassword = $newpassword;
$a->link = $CFG->wwwroot .'/login/change_password.php';
$a->signoff = generate_email_signoff();
$message = get_string('newpasswordtext', '', $a);
$subject = format_string($site->fullname) .': '. get_string('changedpassword');
unset_user_preference('create_password', $user); // Prevent cron from generating the password.
// Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
}
/**
* Send email to specified user with confirmation text and activation link.
*
* @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
* @param string $confirmationurl user confirmation URL
* @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
*/
function send_confirmation_email($user, $confirmationurl = null) {
global $CFG;
$site = get_site();
$supportuser = core_user::get_support_user();
$data = new stdClass();
$data->sitename = format_string($site->fullname);
$data->admin = generate_email_signoff();
$subject = get_string('emailconfirmationsubject', '', format_string($site->fullname));
if (empty($confirmationurl)) {
$confirmationurl = '/login/confirm.php';
}
$confirmationurl = new moodle_url($confirmationurl);
// Remove data parameter just in case it was included in the confirmation so we can add it manually later.
$confirmationurl->remove_params('data');
$confirmationpath = $confirmationurl->out(false);
// We need to custom encode the username to include trailing dots in the link.
// Because of this custom encoding we can't use moodle_url directly.
// Determine if a query string is present in the confirmation url.
$hasquerystring = strpos($confirmationpath, '?') !== false;
// Perform normal url encoding of the username first.
$username = urlencode($user->username);
// Prevent problems with trailing dots not being included as part of link in some mail clients.
$username = str_replace('.', '%2E', $username);
$data->link = $confirmationpath . ( $hasquerystring ? '&' : '?') . 'data='. $user->secret .'/'. $username;
$message = get_string('emailconfirmation', '', $data);
$messagehtml = text_to_html(get_string('emailconfirmation', '', $data), false, false, true);
// Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message, $messagehtml);
}
/**
* Sends a password change confirmation email.
*
* @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
* @param stdClass $resetrecord An object tracking metadata regarding password reset request
* @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
*/
function send_password_change_confirmation_email($user, $resetrecord) {
global $CFG;
$site = get_site();
$supportuser = core_user::get_support_user();
$pwresetmins = isset($CFG->pwresettime) ? floor($CFG->pwresettime / MINSECS) : 30;
$data = new stdClass();
$data->firstname = $user->firstname;
$data->lastname = $user->lastname;
$data->username = $user->username;
$data->sitename = format_string($site->fullname);
$data->link = $CFG->wwwroot .'/login/forgot_password.php?token='. $resetrecord->token;
$data->admin = generate_email_signoff();
$data->resetminutes = $pwresetmins;
$message = get_string('emailresetconfirmation', '', $data);
$subject = get_string('emailresetconfirmationsubject', '', format_string($site->fullname));
// Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
}
/**
* Sends an email containing information on how to change your password.
*
* @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
* @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
*/
function send_password_change_info($user) {
$site = get_site();
$supportuser = core_user::get_support_user();
$data = new stdClass();
$data->firstname = $user->firstname;
$data->lastname = $user->lastname;
$data->username = $user->username;
$data->sitename = format_string($site->fullname);
$data->admin = generate_email_signoff();
if (!is_enabled_auth($user->auth)) {
$message = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfodisabled', '', $data);
$subject = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfosubject', '', format_string($site->fullname));
// Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
}
$userauth = get_auth_plugin($user->auth);
['subject' => $subject, 'message' => $message] = $userauth->get_password_change_info($user);
// Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
}
/**
* Check that an email is allowed. It returns an error message if there was a problem.
*
* @param string $email Content of email
* @return string|false
*/
function email_is_not_allowed($email) {
global $CFG;
// Comparing lowercase domains.
$email = strtolower($email);
if (!empty($CFG->allowemailaddresses)) {
$allowed = explode(' ', strtolower($CFG->allowemailaddresses));
foreach ($allowed as $allowedpattern) {
$allowedpattern = trim($allowedpattern);
if (!$allowedpattern) {
continue;
}
if (strpos($allowedpattern, '.') === 0) {
if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev($allowedpattern)) === 0) {
// Subdomains are in a form ".example.com" - matches "xxx@anything.example.com".
return false;
}
} else if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev('@'.$allowedpattern)) === 0) {
return false;
}
}
return get_string('emailonlyallowed', '', $CFG->allowemailaddresses);
} else if (!empty($CFG->denyemailaddresses)) {
$denied = explode(' ', strtolower($CFG->denyemailaddresses));
foreach ($denied as $deniedpattern) {
$deniedpattern = trim($deniedpattern);
if (!$deniedpattern) {
continue;
}
if (strpos($deniedpattern, '.') === 0) {
if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev($deniedpattern)) === 0) {
// Subdomains are in a form ".example.com" - matches "xxx@anything.example.com".
return get_string('emailnotallowed', '', $CFG->denyemailaddresses);
}
} else if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev('@'.$deniedpattern)) === 0) {
return get_string('emailnotallowed', '', $CFG->denyemailaddresses);
}
}
}
return false;
}
// FILE HANDLING.
/**
* Returns local file storage instance
*
* @return file_storage
*/
function get_file_storage($reset = false) {
global $CFG;
static $fs = null;
if ($reset) {
$fs = null;
return;
}
if ($fs) {
return $fs;
}
require_once("$CFG->libdir/filelib.php");
$fs = new file_storage();
return $fs;
}
/**
* Returns local file storage instance
*
* @return file_browser
*/
function get_file_browser() {
global $CFG;
static $fb = null;
if ($fb) {
return $fb;
}
require_once("$CFG->libdir/filelib.php");
$fb = new file_browser();
return $fb;
}
/**
* Returns file packer
*
* @param string $mimetype default application/zip
* @return file_packer
*/
function get_file_packer($mimetype='application/zip') {
global $CFG;
static $fp = array();
if (isset($fp[$mimetype])) {
return $fp[$mimetype];
}
switch ($mimetype) {
case 'application/zip':
case 'application/vnd.moodle.profiling':
$classname = 'zip_packer';
break;
case 'application/x-gzip' :
$classname = 'tgz_packer';
break;
case 'application/vnd.moodle.backup':
$classname = 'mbz_packer';
break;
default:
return false;
}
require_once("$CFG->libdir/filestorage/$classname.php");
$fp[$mimetype] = new $classname();
return $fp[$mimetype];
}
/**
* Returns current name of file on disk if it exists.
*
* @param string $newfile File to be verified
* @return string Current name of file on disk if true
*/
function valid_uploaded_file($newfile) {
if (empty($newfile)) {
return '';
}
if (is_uploaded_file($newfile['tmp_name']) and $newfile['size'] > 0) {
return $newfile['tmp_name'];
} else {
return '';
}
}
/**
* Returns the maximum size for uploading files.
*
* There are seven possible upload limits:
* 1. in Apache using LimitRequestBody (no way of checking or changing this)
* 2. in php.ini for 'upload_max_filesize' (can not be changed inside PHP)
* 3. in .htaccess for 'upload_max_filesize' (can not be changed inside PHP)
* 4. in php.ini for 'post_max_size' (can not be changed inside PHP)
* 5. by the Moodle admin in $CFG->maxbytes
* 6. by the teacher in the current course $course->maxbytes
* 7. by the teacher for the current module, eg $assignment->maxbytes
*
* These last two are passed to this function as arguments (in bytes).
* Anything defined as 0 is ignored.
* The smallest of all the non-zero numbers is returned.
*
* @todo Finish documenting this function
*
* @param int $sitebytes Set maximum size
* @param int $coursebytes Current course $course->maxbytes (in bytes)
* @param int $modulebytes Current module ->maxbytes (in bytes)
* @param bool $unused This parameter has been deprecated and is not used any more.
* @return int The maximum size for uploading files.
*/
function get_max_upload_file_size($sitebytes=0, $coursebytes=0, $modulebytes=0, $unused = false) {
if (! $filesize = ini_get('upload_max_filesize')) {
$filesize = '5M';
}
$minimumsize = get_real_size($filesize);
if ($postsize = ini_get('post_max_size')) {
$postsize = get_real_size($postsize);
if ($postsize < $minimumsize) {
$minimumsize = $postsize;
}
}
if (($sitebytes > 0) and ($sitebytes < $minimumsize)) {
$minimumsize = $sitebytes;
}
if (($coursebytes > 0) and ($coursebytes < $minimumsize)) {
$minimumsize = $coursebytes;
}
if (($modulebytes > 0) and ($modulebytes < $minimumsize)) {
$minimumsize = $modulebytes;
}
return $minimumsize;
}
/**
* Returns the maximum size for uploading files for the current user
*
* This function takes in account {@link get_max_upload_file_size()} the user's capabilities
*
* @param context $context The context in which to check user capabilities
* @param int $sitebytes Set maximum size
* @param int $coursebytes Current course $course->maxbytes (in bytes)
* @param int $modulebytes Current module ->maxbytes (in bytes)
* @param stdClass $user The user
* @param bool $unused This parameter has been deprecated and is not used any more.
* @return int The maximum size for uploading files.
*/
function get_user_max_upload_file_size($context, $sitebytes = 0, $coursebytes = 0, $modulebytes = 0, $user = null,
$unused = false) {
global $USER;
if (empty($user)) {
$user = $USER;
}
if (has_capability('moodle/course:ignorefilesizelimits', $context, $user)) {
return USER_CAN_IGNORE_FILE_SIZE_LIMITS;
}
return get_max_upload_file_size($sitebytes, $coursebytes, $modulebytes);
}
/**
* Returns an array of possible sizes in local language
*
* Related to {@link get_max_upload_file_size()} - this function returns an
* array of possible sizes in an array, translated to the
* local language.
*
* The list of options will go up to the minimum of $sitebytes, $coursebytes or $modulebytes.
*
* If $coursebytes or $sitebytes is not 0, an option will be included for "Course/Site upload limit (X)"
* with the value set to 0. This option will be the first in the list.
*
* @uses SORT_NUMERIC
* @param int $sitebytes Set maximum size
* @param int $coursebytes Current course $course->maxbytes (in bytes)
* @param int $modulebytes Current module ->maxbytes (in bytes)
* @param int|array $custombytes custom upload size/s which will be added to list,
* Only value/s smaller then maxsize will be added to list.
* @return array
*/
function get_max_upload_sizes($sitebytes = 0, $coursebytes = 0, $modulebytes = 0, $custombytes = null) {
global $CFG;
if (!$maxsize = get_max_upload_file_size($sitebytes, $coursebytes, $modulebytes)) {
return array();
}
if ($sitebytes == 0) {
// Will get the minimum of upload_max_filesize or post_max_size.
$sitebytes = get_max_upload_file_size();
}
$filesize = array();
$sizelist = array(10240, 51200, 102400, 512000, 1048576, 2097152,
5242880, 10485760, 20971520, 52428800, 104857600,
262144000, 524288000, 786432000, 1073741824,
2147483648, 4294967296, 8589934592);
// If custombytes is given and is valid then add it to the list.
if (is_number($custombytes) and $custombytes > 0) {
$custombytes = (int)$custombytes;
if (!in_array($custombytes, $sizelist)) {
$sizelist[] = $custombytes;
}
} else if (is_array($custombytes)) {
$sizelist = array_unique(array_merge($sizelist, $custombytes));
}
// Allow maxbytes to be selected if it falls outside the above boundaries.
if (isset($CFG->maxbytes) && !in_array(get_real_size($CFG->maxbytes), $sizelist)) {
// Note: get_real_size() is used in order to prevent problems with invalid values.
$sizelist[] = get_real_size($CFG->maxbytes);
}
foreach ($sizelist as $sizebytes) {
if ($sizebytes < $maxsize && $sizebytes > 0) {
$filesize[(string)intval($sizebytes)] = display_size($sizebytes, 0);
}
}
$limitlevel = '';
$displaysize = '';
if ($modulebytes &&
(($modulebytes < $coursebytes || $coursebytes == 0) &&
($modulebytes < $sitebytes || $sitebytes == 0))) {
$limitlevel = get_string('activity', 'core');
$displaysize = display_size($modulebytes, 0);
$filesize[$modulebytes] = $displaysize; // Make sure the limit is also included in the list.
} else if ($coursebytes && ($coursebytes < $sitebytes || $sitebytes == 0)) {
$limitlevel = get_string('course', 'core');
$displaysize = display_size($coursebytes, 0);
$filesize[$coursebytes] = $displaysize; // Make sure the limit is also included in the list.
} else if ($sitebytes) {
$limitlevel = get_string('site', 'core');
$displaysize = display_size($sitebytes, 0);
$filesize[$sitebytes] = $displaysize; // Make sure the limit is also included in the list.
}
krsort($filesize, SORT_NUMERIC);
if ($limitlevel) {
$params = (object) array('contextname' => $limitlevel, 'displaysize' => $displaysize);
$filesize = array('0' => get_string('uploadlimitwithsize', 'core', $params)) + $filesize;
}
return $filesize;
}
/**
* Returns an array with all the filenames in all subdirectories, relative to the given rootdir.
*
* If excludefiles is defined, then that file/directory is ignored
* If getdirs is true, then (sub)directories are included in the output
* If getfiles is true, then files are included in the output
* (at least one of these must be true!)
*
* @todo Finish documenting this function. Add examples of $excludefile usage.
*
* @param string $rootdir A given root directory to start from
* @param string|array $excludefiles If defined then the specified file/directory is ignored
* @param bool $descend If true then subdirectories are recursed as well
* @param bool $getdirs If true then (sub)directories are included in the output
* @param bool $getfiles If true then files are included in the output
* @return array An array with all the filenames in all subdirectories, relative to the given rootdir
*/
function get_directory_list($rootdir, $excludefiles='', $descend=true, $getdirs=false, $getfiles=true) {
$dirs = array();
if (!$getdirs and !$getfiles) { // Nothing to show.
return $dirs;
}
if (!is_dir($rootdir)) { // Must be a directory.
return $dirs;
}
if (!$dir = opendir($rootdir)) { // Can't open it for some reason.
return $dirs;
}
if (!is_array($excludefiles)) {
$excludefiles = array($excludefiles);
}
while (false !== ($file = readdir($dir))) {
$firstchar = substr($file, 0, 1);
if ($firstchar == '.' or $file == 'CVS' or in_array($file, $excludefiles)) {
continue;
}
$fullfile = $rootdir .'/'. $file;
if (filetype($fullfile) == 'dir') {
if ($getdirs) {
$dirs[] = $file;
}
if ($descend) {
$subdirs = get_directory_list($fullfile, $excludefiles, $descend, $getdirs, $getfiles);
foreach ($subdirs as $subdir) {
$dirs[] = $file .'/'. $subdir;
}
}
} else if ($getfiles) {
$dirs[] = $file;
}
}
closedir($dir);
asort($dirs);
return $dirs;
}
/**
* Adds up all the files in a directory and works out the size.
*
* @param string $rootdir The directory to start from
* @param string $excludefile A file to exclude when summing directory size
* @return int The summed size of all files and subfiles within the root directory
*/
function get_directory_size($rootdir, $excludefile='') {
global $CFG;
// Do it this way if we can, it's much faster.
if (!empty($CFG->pathtodu) && is_executable(trim($CFG->pathtodu))) {
$command = trim($CFG->pathtodu).' -sk '.escapeshellarg($rootdir);
$output = null;
$return = null;
exec($command, $output, $return);
if (is_array($output)) {
// We told it to return k.
return get_real_size(intval($output[0]).'k');
}
}
if (!is_dir($rootdir)) {
// Must be a directory.
return 0;
}
if (!$dir = @opendir($rootdir)) {
// Can't open it for some reason.
return 0;
}
$size = 0;
while (false !== ($file = readdir($dir))) {
$firstchar = substr($file, 0, 1);
if ($firstchar == '.' or $file == 'CVS' or $file == $excludefile) {
continue;
}
$fullfile = $rootdir .'/'. $file;
if (filetype($fullfile) == 'dir') {
$size += get_directory_size($fullfile, $excludefile);
} else {
$size += filesize($fullfile);
}
}
closedir($dir);
return $size;
}
/**
* Converts bytes into display form
*
* @param int $size The size to convert to human readable form
* @param int $decimalplaces If specified, uses fixed number of decimal places
* @param string $fixedunits If specified, uses fixed units (e.g. 'KB')
* @return string Display version of size
*/
function display_size($size, int $decimalplaces = 1, string $fixedunits = ''): string {
static $units;
if ($size === USER_CAN_IGNORE_FILE_SIZE_LIMITS) {
return get_string('unlimited');
}
if (empty($units)) {
$units[] = get_string('sizeb');
$units[] = get_string('sizekb');
$units[] = get_string('sizemb');
$units[] = get_string('sizegb');
$units[] = get_string('sizetb');
$units[] = get_string('sizepb');
}
switch ($fixedunits) {
case 'PB' :
$magnitude = 5;
break;
case 'TB' :
$magnitude = 4;
break;
case 'GB' :
$magnitude = 3;
break;
case 'MB' :
$magnitude = 2;
break;
case 'KB' :
$magnitude = 1;
break;
case 'B' :
$magnitude = 0;
break;
case '':
$magnitude = floor(log($size, 1024));
$magnitude = max(0, min(5, $magnitude));
break;
default:
throw new coding_exception('Unknown fixed units value: ' . $fixedunits);
}
// Special case for magnitude 0 (bytes) - never use decimal places.
$nbsp = "\xc2\xa0";
if ($magnitude === 0) {
return round($size) . $nbsp . $units[$magnitude];
}
// Convert to specified units.
$sizeinunit = $size / 1024 ** $magnitude;
// Fixed decimal places.
return sprintf('%.' . $decimalplaces . 'f', $sizeinunit) . $nbsp . $units[$magnitude];
}
/**
* Cleans a given filename by removing suspicious or troublesome characters
*
* @see clean_param()
* @param string $string file name
* @return string cleaned file name
*/
function clean_filename($string) {
return clean_param($string, PARAM_FILE);
}
// STRING TRANSLATION.
/**
* Returns the code for the current language
*
* @category string
* @return string
*/
function current_language() {
< global $CFG, $USER, $SESSION, $COURSE;
> global $CFG, $PAGE, $SESSION, $USER;
if (!empty($SESSION->forcelang)) {
// Allows overriding course-forced language (useful for admins to check
// issues in courses whose language they don't understand).
// Also used by some code to temporarily get language-related information in a
// specific language (see force_current_language()).
$return = $SESSION->forcelang;
< } else if (!empty($COURSE->id) and $COURSE->id != SITEID and !empty($COURSE->lang)) {
> } else if (!empty($PAGE->cm->lang)) {
> // Activity language, if set.
> $return = $PAGE->cm->lang;
>
> } else if (!empty($PAGE->course->id) && $PAGE->course->id != SITEID && !empty($PAGE->course->lang)) {
// Course language can override all other settings for this page.
< $return = $COURSE->lang;
> $return = $PAGE->course->lang;
} else if (!empty($SESSION->lang)) {
// Session language can override other settings.
$return = $SESSION->lang;
} else if (!empty($USER->lang)) {
$return = $USER->lang;
} else if (isset($CFG->lang)) {
$return = $CFG->lang;
} else {
$return = 'en';
}
// Just in case this slipped in from somewhere by accident.
$return = str_replace('_utf8', '', $return);
return $return;
}
/**
* Fix the current language to the given language code.
*
* @param string $lang The language code to use.
* @return void
*/
function fix_current_language(string $lang): void {
global $CFG, $COURSE, $SESSION, $USER;
if (!get_string_manager()->translation_exists($lang)) {
throw new coding_exception("The language pack for $lang is not available");
}
$fixglobal = '';
$fixlang = 'lang';
if (!empty($SESSION->forcelang)) {
$fixglobal = $SESSION;
$fixlang = 'forcelang';
} else if (!empty($COURSE->id) && $COURSE->id != SITEID && !empty($COURSE->lang)) {
$fixglobal = $COURSE;
} else if (!empty($SESSION->lang)) {
$fixglobal = $SESSION;
} else if (!empty($USER->lang)) {
$fixglobal = $USER;
} else if (isset($CFG->lang)) {
set_config('lang', $lang);
}
if ($fixglobal) {
$fixglobal->$fixlang = $lang;
}
}
/**
* Returns parent language of current active language if defined
*
* @category string
* @param string $lang null means current language
* @return string
*/
function get_parent_language($lang=null) {
$parentlang = get_string_manager()->get_string('parentlanguage', 'langconfig', null, $lang);
if ($parentlang === 'en') {
$parentlang = '';
}
return $parentlang;
}
/**
* Force the current language to get strings and dates localised in the given language.
*
* After calling this function, all strings will be provided in the given language
* until this function is called again, or equivalent code is run.
*
* @param string $language
* @return string previous $SESSION->forcelang value
*/
function force_current_language($language) {
global $SESSION;
$sessionforcelang = isset($SESSION->forcelang) ? $SESSION->forcelang : '';
if ($language !== $sessionforcelang) {
< // Seting forcelang to null or an empty string disables it's effect.
> // Setting forcelang to null or an empty string disables its effect.
if (empty($language) || get_string_manager()->translation_exists($language, false)) {
$SESSION->forcelang = $language;
moodle_setlocale();
}
}
return $sessionforcelang;
}
/**
* Returns current string_manager instance.
*
* The param $forcereload is needed for CLI installer only where the string_manager instance
* must be replaced during the install.php script life time.
*
* @category string
* @param bool $forcereload shall the singleton be released and new instance created instead?
* @return core_string_manager
*/
function get_string_manager($forcereload=false) {
global $CFG;
static $singleton = null;
if ($forcereload) {
$singleton = null;
}
if ($singleton === null) {
if (empty($CFG->early_install_lang)) {
$transaliases = array();
if (empty($CFG->langlist)) {
$translist = array();
} else {
$translist = explode(',', $CFG->langlist);
$translist = array_map('trim', $translist);
// Each language in the $CFG->langlist can has an "alias" that would substitute the default language name.
foreach ($translist as $i => $value) {
$parts = preg_split('/\s*\|\s*/', $value, 2);
if (count($parts) == 2) {
$transaliases[$parts[0]] = $parts[1];
$translist[$i] = $parts[0];
}
}
}
if (!empty($CFG->config_php_settings['customstringmanager'])) {
$classname = $CFG->config_php_settings['customstringmanager'];
if (class_exists($classname)) {
$implements = class_implements($classname);
if (isset($implements['core_string_manager'])) {
$singleton = new $classname($CFG->langotherroot, $CFG->langlocalroot, $translist, $transaliases);
return $singleton;
} else {
debugging('Unable to instantiate custom string manager: class '.$classname.
' does not implement the core_string_manager interface.');
}
} else {
debugging('Unable to instantiate custom string manager: class '.$classname.' can not be found.');
}
}
$singleton = new core_string_manager_standard($CFG->langotherroot, $CFG->langlocalroot, $translist, $transaliases);
} else {
$singleton = new core_string_manager_install();
}
}
return $singleton;
}
/**
* Returns a localized string.
*
* Returns the translated string specified by $identifier as
* for $module. Uses the same format files as STphp.
* $a is an object, string or number that can be used
* within translation strings
*
* eg 'hello {$a->firstname} {$a->lastname}'
* or 'hello {$a}'
*
* If you would like to directly echo the localized string use
* the function {@link print_string()}
*
* Example usage of this function involves finding the string you would
* like a local equivalent of and using its identifier and module information
* to retrieve it.<br/>
* If you open moodle/lang/en/moodle.php and look near line 278
* you will find a string to prompt a user for their word for 'course'
* <code>
* $string['course'] = 'Course';
* </code>
* So if you want to display the string 'Course'
* in any language that supports it on your site
* you just need to use the identifier 'course'
* <code>
* $mystring = '<strong>'. get_string('course') .'</strong>';
* or
* </code>
* If the string you want is in another file you'd take a slightly
* different approach. Looking in moodle/lang/en/calendar.php you find
* around line 75:
* <code>
* $string['typecourse'] = 'Course event';
* </code>
* If you want to display the string "Course event" in any language
* supported you would use the identifier 'typecourse' and the module 'calendar'
* (because it is in the file calendar.php):
* <code>
* $mystring = '<h1>'. get_string('typecourse', 'calendar') .'</h1>';
* </code>
*
* As a last resort, should the identifier fail to map to a string
* the returned string will be [[ $identifier ]]
*
* In Moodle 2.3 there is a new argument to this function $lazyload.
* Setting $lazyload to true causes get_string to return a lang_string object
* rather than the string itself. The fetching of the string is then put off until
* the string object is first used. The object can be used by calling it's out
* method or by casting the object to a string, either directly e.g.
* (string)$stringobject
* or indirectly by using the string within another string or echoing it out e.g.
* echo $stringobject
* return "<p>{$stringobject}</p>";
* It is worth noting that using $lazyload and attempting to use the string as an
* array key will cause a fatal error as objects cannot be used as array keys.
* But you should never do that anyway!
* For more information {@link lang_string}
*
* @category string
* @param string $identifier The key identifier for the localized string
* @param string $component The module where the key identifier is stored,
* usually expressed as the filename in the language pack without the
* .php on the end but can also be written as mod/forum or grade/export/xls.
* If none is specified then moodle.php is used.
< * @param string|object|array $a An object, string or number that can be used
> * @param string|object|array|int $a An object, string or number that can be used
* within translation strings
* @param bool $lazyload If set to true a string object is returned instead of
* the string itself. The string then isn't calculated until it is first used.
* @return string The localized string.
* @throws coding_exception
*/
function get_string($identifier, $component = '', $a = null, $lazyload = false) {
global $CFG;
// If the lazy load argument has been supplied return a lang_string object
// instead.
// We need to make sure it is true (and a bool) as you will see below there
// used to be a forth argument at one point.
if ($lazyload === true) {
return new lang_string($identifier, $component, $a);
}
if ($CFG->debugdeveloper && clean_param($identifier, PARAM_STRINGID) === '') {
throw new coding_exception('Invalid string identifier. The identifier cannot be empty. Please fix your get_string() call.', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
}
// There is now a forth argument again, this time it is a boolean however so
// we can still check for the old extralocations parameter.
if (!is_bool($lazyload) && !empty($lazyload)) {
debugging('extralocations parameter in get_string() is not supported any more, please use standard lang locations only.');
}
< if (strpos($component, '/') !== false) {
> if (strpos((string)$component, '/') !== false) {
debugging('The module name you passed to get_string is the deprecated format ' .
'like mod/mymod or block/myblock. The correct form looks like mymod, or block_myblock.' , DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
$componentpath = explode('/', $component);
switch ($componentpath[0]) {
case 'mod':
$component = $componentpath[1];
break;
case 'blocks':
case 'block':
$component = 'block_'.$componentpath[1];
break;
case 'enrol':
$component = 'enrol_'.$componentpath[1];
break;
case 'format':
$component = 'format_'.$componentpath[1];
break;
case 'grade':
$component = 'grade'.$componentpath[1].'_'.$componentpath[2];
break;
}
}
$result = get_string_manager()->get_string($identifier, $component, $a);
// Debugging feature lets you display string identifier and component.
if (isset($CFG->debugstringids) && $CFG->debugstringids && optional_param('strings', 0, PARAM_INT)) {
$result .= ' {' . $identifier . '/' . $component . '}';
}
return $result;
}
/**
* Converts an array of strings to their localized value.
*
* @param array $array An array of strings
* @param string $component The language module that these strings can be found in.
* @return stdClass translated strings.
*/
function get_strings($array, $component = '') {
$string = new stdClass;
foreach ($array as $item) {
$string->$item = get_string($item, $component);
}
return $string;
}
/**
* Prints out a translated string.
*
* Prints out a translated string using the return value from the {@link get_string()} function.
*
* Example usage of this function when the string is in the moodle.php file:<br/>
* <code>
* echo '<strong>';
* print_string('course');
* echo '</strong>';
* </code>
*
* Example usage of this function when the string is not in the moodle.php file:<br/>
* <code>
* echo '<h1>';
* print_string('typecourse', 'calendar');
* echo '</h1>';
* </code>
*
* @category string
* @param string $identifier The key identifier for the localized string
* @param string $component The module where the key identifier is stored. If none is specified then moodle.php is used.
* @param string|object|array $a An object, string or number that can be used within translation strings
*/
function print_string($identifier, $component = '', $a = null) {
echo get_string($identifier, $component, $a);
}
/**
* Returns a list of charset codes
*
* Returns a list of charset codes. It's hardcoded, so they should be added manually
* (checking that such charset is supported by the texlib library!)
*
* @return array And associative array with contents in the form of charset => charset
*/
function get_list_of_charsets() {
$charsets = array(
'EUC-JP' => 'EUC-JP',
'ISO-2022-JP'=> 'ISO-2022-JP',
'ISO-8859-1' => 'ISO-8859-1',
'SHIFT-JIS' => 'SHIFT-JIS',
'GB2312' => 'GB2312',
'GB18030' => 'GB18030', // GB18030 not supported by typo and mbstring.
'UTF-8' => 'UTF-8');
asort($charsets);
return $charsets;
}
/**
* Returns a list of valid and compatible themes
*
* @return array
*/
function get_list_of_themes() {
global $CFG;
$themes = array();
if (!empty($CFG->themelist)) { // Use admin's list of themes.
$themelist = explode(',', $CFG->themelist);
} else {
$themelist = array_keys(core_component::get_plugin_list("theme"));
}
foreach ($themelist as $key => $themename) {
$theme = theme_config::load($themename);
$themes[$themename] = $theme;
}
core_collator::asort_objects_by_method($themes, 'get_theme_name');
return $themes;
}
/**
* Factory function for emoticon_manager
*
* @return emoticon_manager singleton
*/
function get_emoticon_manager() {
static $singleton = null;
if (is_null($singleton)) {
$singleton = new emoticon_manager();
}
return $singleton;
}
/**
* Provides core support for plugins that have to deal with emoticons (like HTML editor or emoticon filter).
*
* Whenever this manager mentiones 'emoticon object', the following data
* structure is expected: stdClass with properties text, imagename, imagecomponent,
* altidentifier and altcomponent
*
* @see admin_setting_emoticons
*
* @copyright 2010 David Mudrak
* @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
*/
class emoticon_manager {
/**
* Returns the currently enabled emoticons
*
* @param boolean $selectable - If true, only return emoticons that should be selectable from a list.
* @return array of emoticon objects
*/
public function get_emoticons($selectable = false) {
global $CFG;
$notselectable = ['martin', 'egg'];
if (empty($CFG->emoticons)) {
return array();
}
$emoticons = $this->decode_stored_config($CFG->emoticons);
if (!is_array($emoticons)) {
// Something is wrong with the format of stored setting.
debugging('Invalid format of emoticons setting, please resave the emoticons settings form', DEBUG_NORMAL);
return array();
}
if ($selectable) {
foreach ($emoticons as $index => $emote) {
if (in_array($emote->altidentifier, $notselectable)) {
// Skip this one.
unset($emoticons[$index]);
}
}
}
return $emoticons;
}
/**
* Converts emoticon object into renderable pix_emoticon object
*
* @param stdClass $emoticon emoticon object
* @param array $attributes explicit HTML attributes to set
* @return pix_emoticon
*/
public function prepare_renderable_emoticon(stdClass $emoticon, array $attributes = array()) {
$stringmanager = get_string_manager();
if ($stringmanager->string_exists($emoticon->altidentifier, $emoticon->altcomponent)) {
$alt = get_string($emoticon->altidentifier, $emoticon->altcomponent);
} else {
$alt = s($emoticon->text);
}
return new pix_emoticon($emoticon->imagename, $alt, $emoticon->imagecomponent, $attributes);
}
/**
* Encodes the array of emoticon objects into a string storable in config table
*
* @see self::decode_stored_config()
* @param array $emoticons array of emtocion objects
* @return string
*/
public function encode_stored_config(array $emoticons) {
return json_encode($emoticons);
}
/**
* Decodes the string into an array of emoticon objects
*
* @see self::encode_stored_config()
* @param string $encoded
< * @return string|null
> * @return array|null
*/
public function decode_stored_config($encoded) {
$decoded = json_decode($encoded);
if (!is_array($decoded)) {
return null;
}
return $decoded;
}
/**
* Returns default set of emoticons supported by Moodle
*
* @return array of sdtClasses
*/
public function default_emoticons() {
return array(
$this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-)", 's/smiley', 'smiley'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object(":)", 's/smiley', 'smiley'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-D", 's/biggrin', 'biggrin'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object(";-)", 's/wink', 'wink'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-/", 's/mixed', 'mixed'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object("V-.", 's/thoughtful', 'thoughtful'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-P", 's/tongueout', 'tongueout'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-p", 's/tongueout', 'tongueout'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object("B-)", 's/cool', 'cool'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object("^-)", 's/approve', 'approve'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-)", 's/wideeyes', 'wideeyes'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object(":o)", 's/clown', 'clown'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-(", 's/sad', 'sad'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object(":(", 's/sad', 'sad'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-.", 's/shy', 'shy'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-I", 's/blush', 'blush'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-X", 's/kiss', 'kiss'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-o", 's/surprise', 'surprise'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object("P-|", 's/blackeye', 'blackeye'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-[", 's/angry', 'angry'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object("(grr)", 's/angry', 'angry'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object("xx-P", 's/dead', 'dead'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object("|-.", 's/sleepy', 'sleepy'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object("}-]", 's/evil', 'evil'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object("(h)", 's/heart', 'heart'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object("(heart)", 's/heart', 'heart'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object("(y)", 's/yes', 'yes', 'core'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object("(n)", 's/no', 'no', 'core'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object("(martin)", 's/martin', 'martin'),
$this->prepare_emoticon_object("( )", 's/egg', 'egg'),
);
}
/**
* Helper method preparing the stdClass with the emoticon properties
*
* @param string|array $text or array of strings
* @param string $imagename to be used by {@link pix_emoticon}
* @param string $altidentifier alternative string identifier, null for no alt
* @param string $altcomponent where the alternative string is defined
* @param string $imagecomponent to be used by {@link pix_emoticon}
* @return stdClass
*/
protected function prepare_emoticon_object($text, $imagename, $altidentifier = null,
$altcomponent = 'core_pix', $imagecomponent = 'core') {
return (object)array(
'text' => $text,
'imagename' => $imagename,
'imagecomponent' => $imagecomponent,
'altidentifier' => $altidentifier,
'altcomponent' => $altcomponent,
);
}
}
// ENCRYPTION.
/**
* rc4encrypt
*
* @param string $data Data to encrypt.
* @return string The now encrypted data.
*/
function rc4encrypt($data) {
return endecrypt(get_site_identifier(), $data, '');
}
/**
* rc4decrypt
*
* @param string $data Data to decrypt.
* @return string The now decrypted data.
*/
function rc4decrypt($data) {
return endecrypt(get_site_identifier(), $data, 'de');
}
/**
* Based on a class by Mukul Sabharwal [mukulsabharwal @ yahoo.com]
*
* @todo Finish documenting this function
*
* @param string $pwd The password to use when encrypting or decrypting
* @param string $data The data to be decrypted/encrypted
* @param string $case Either 'de' for decrypt or '' for encrypt
* @return string
*/
function endecrypt ($pwd, $data, $case) {
if ($case == 'de') {
$data = urldecode($data);
}
$key[] = '';
$box[] = '';
$pwdlength = strlen($pwd);
for ($i = 0; $i <= 255; $i++) {
$key[$i] = ord(substr($pwd, ($i % $pwdlength), 1));
$box[$i] = $i;
}
$x = 0;
for ($i = 0; $i <= 255; $i++) {
$x = ($x + $box[$i] + $key[$i]) % 256;
$tempswap = $box[$i];
$box[$i] = $box[$x];
$box[$x] = $tempswap;
}
$cipher = '';
$a = 0;
$j = 0;
for ($i = 0; $i < strlen($data); $i++) {
$a = ($a + 1) % 256;
$j = ($j + $box[$a]) % 256;
$temp = $box[$a];
$box[$a] = $box[$j];
$box[$j] = $temp;
$k = $box[(($box[$a] + $box[$j]) % 256)];
$cipherby = ord(substr($data, $i, 1)) ^ $k;
$cipher .= chr($cipherby);
}
if ($case == 'de') {
$cipher = urldecode(urlencode($cipher));
} else {
$cipher = urlencode($cipher);
}
return $cipher;
}
// ENVIRONMENT CHECKING.
/**
* This method validates a plug name. It is much faster than calling clean_param.
*
* @param string $name a string that might be a plugin name.
* @return bool if this string is a valid plugin name.
*/
function is_valid_plugin_name($name) {
// This does not work for 'mod', bad luck, use any other type.
return core_component::is_valid_plugin_name('tool', $name);
}
/**
* Get a list of all the plugins of a given type that define a certain API function
* in a certain file. The plugin component names and function names are returned.
*
* @param string $plugintype the type of plugin, e.g. 'mod' or 'report'.
* @param string $function the part of the name of the function after the
* frankenstyle prefix. e.g 'hook' if you are looking for functions with
* names like report_courselist_hook.
* @param string $file the name of file within the plugin that defines the
* function. Defaults to lib.php.
* @return array with frankenstyle plugin names as keys (e.g. 'report_courselist', 'mod_forum')
* and the function names as values (e.g. 'report_courselist_hook', 'forum_hook').
*/
function get_plugin_list_with_function($plugintype, $function, $file = 'lib.php') {
global $CFG;
// We don't include here as all plugin types files would be included.
$plugins = get_plugins_with_function($function, $file, false);
if (empty($plugins[$plugintype])) {
return array();
}
$allplugins = core_component::get_plugin_list($plugintype);
// Reformat the array and include the files.
$pluginfunctions = array();
foreach ($plugins[$plugintype] as $pluginname => $functionname) {
// Check that it has not been removed and the file is still available.
if (!empty($allplugins[$pluginname])) {
$filepath = $allplugins[$pluginname] . DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR . $file;
if (file_exists($filepath)) {
include_once($filepath);
// Now that the file is loaded, we must verify the function still exists.
if (function_exists($functionname)) {
$pluginfunctions[$plugintype . '_' . $pluginname] = $functionname;
} else {
// Invalidate the cache for next run.
\cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'plugin_functions');
}
}
}
}
return $pluginfunctions;
}
/**
* Get a list of all the plugins that define a certain API function in a certain file.
*
* @param string $function the part of the name of the function after the
* frankenstyle prefix. e.g 'hook' if you are looking for functions with
* names like report_courselist_hook.
* @param string $file the name of file within the plugin that defines the
* function. Defaults to lib.php.
* @param bool $include Whether to include the files that contain the functions or not.
> * @param bool $migratedtohook if true this is a deprecated lib.php callback, if hook callback is present then do nothing
* @return array with [plugintype][plugin] = functionname
*/
< function get_plugins_with_function($function, $file = 'lib.php', $include = true) {
> function get_plugins_with_function($function, $file = 'lib.php', $include = true, bool $migratedtohook = false) {
global $CFG;
if (during_initial_install() || isset($CFG->upgraderunning)) {
// API functions _must not_ be called during an installation or upgrade.
return [];
}
> $plugincallback = $function;
$cache = \cache::make('core', 'plugin_functions');
> $filtermigrated = function($plugincallback, $pluginfunctions): array {
> foreach ($pluginfunctions as $plugintype => $plugins) {
// Including both although I doubt that we will find two functions definitions with the same name.
> foreach ($plugins as $plugin => $unusedfunction) {
// Clearning the filename as cache_helper::hash_key only allows a-zA-Z0-9_.
> $component = $plugintype . '_' . $plugin;
$key = $function . '_' . clean_param($file, PARAM_ALPHA);
> if (\core\hook\manager::get_instance()->is_deprecated_plugin_callback($plugincallback)) {
$pluginfunctions = $cache->get($key);
> if (\core\hook\manager::get_instance()->is_deprecating_hook_present($component, $plugincallback)) {
$dirty = false;
> // Ignore the old callback, it is there only for older Moodle versions.
> unset($pluginfunctions[$plugintype][$plugin]);
// Use the plugin manager to check that plugins are currently installed.
> } else {
$pluginmanager = \core_plugin_manager::instance();
> debugging("Callback $plugincallback in $component component should be migrated to new hook callback",
> DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
if ($pluginfunctions !== false) {
> }
> }
// Checking that the files are still available.
> }
foreach ($pluginfunctions as $plugintype => $plugins) {
> }
> return $pluginfunctions;
$allplugins = \core_component::get_plugin_list($plugintype);
> };
$installedplugins = $pluginmanager->get_installed_plugins($plugintype);
>
< // Clearning the filename as cache_helper::hash_key only allows a-zA-Z0-9_.
< $key = $function . '_' . clean_param($file, PARAM_ALPHA);
> // Clean the filename as cache_helper::hash_key only allows a-zA-Z0-9_.
> $pluginfunctions = false;
> if (!empty($CFG->allversionshash)) {
> $key = $CFG->allversionshash . '_' . $function . '_' . clean_param($file, PARAM_ALPHA);
// Plugin code is still present on disk but it is not installed.
> }
$dirty = true;
break 2;
}
// Cache might be out of sync with the codebase, skip the plugin if it is not available.
if (empty($allplugins[$plugin])) {
$dirty = true;
break 2;
}
$fileexists = file_exists($allplugins[$plugin] . DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR . $file);
if ($include && $fileexists) {
// Include the files if it was requested.
include_once($allplugins[$plugin] . DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR . $file);
} else if (!$fileexists) {
// If the file is not available any more it should not be returned.
$dirty = true;
break 2;
}
// Check if the function still exists in the file.
if ($include && !function_exists($function)) {
$dirty = true;
break 2;
}
}
}
// If the cache is dirty, we should fall through and let it rebuild.
if (!$dirty) {
> if ($migratedtohook && $file === 'lib.php') {
return $pluginfunctions;
> $pluginfunctions = $filtermigrated($plugincallback, $pluginfunctions);
}
> }
}
$pluginfunctions = array();
// To fill the cached. Also, everything should continue working with cache disabled.
$plugintypes = \core_component::get_plugin_types();
foreach ($plugintypes as $plugintype => $unused) {
// We need to include files here.
$pluginswithfile = \core_component::get_plugin_list_with_file($plugintype, $file, true);
$installedplugins = $pluginmanager->get_installed_plugins($plugintype);
foreach ($pluginswithfile as $plugin => $notused) {
if (!isset($installedplugins[$plugin])) {
continue;
}
$fullfunction = $plugintype . '_' . $plugin . '_' . $function;
$pluginfunction = false;
if (function_exists($fullfunction)) {
// Function exists with standard name. Store, indexed by frankenstyle name of plugin.
$pluginfunction = $fullfunction;
} else if ($plugintype === 'mod') {
// For modules, we also allow plugin without full frankenstyle but just starting with the module name.
$shortfunction = $plugin . '_' . $function;
if (function_exists($shortfunction)) {
$pluginfunction = $shortfunction;
}
}
if ($pluginfunction) {
if (empty($pluginfunctions[$plugintype])) {
$pluginfunctions[$plugintype] = array();
}
$pluginfunctions[$plugintype][$plugin] = $pluginfunction;
}
}
}
> if (!empty($CFG->allversionshash)) {
$cache->set($key, $pluginfunctions);
> }
>
return $pluginfunctions;
> if ($migratedtohook && $file === 'lib.php') {
> $pluginfunctions = $filtermigrated($plugincallback, $pluginfunctions);
}
> }
/**
* Lists plugin-like directories within specified directory
*
* This function was originally used for standard Moodle plugins, please use
* new core_component::get_plugin_list() now.
*
* This function is used for general directory listing and backwards compatility.
*
* @param string $directory relative directory from root
* @param string $exclude dir name to exclude from the list (defaults to none)
* @param string $basedir full path to the base dir where $plugin resides (defaults to $CFG->dirroot)
* @return array Sorted array of directory names found under the requested parameters
*/
function get_list_of_plugins($directory='mod', $exclude='', $basedir='') {
global $CFG;
$plugins = array();
if (empty($basedir)) {
$basedir = $CFG->dirroot .'/'. $directory;
} else {
$basedir = $basedir .'/'. $directory;
}
if ($CFG->debugdeveloper and empty($exclude)) {
// Make sure devs do not use this to list normal plugins,
// this is intended for general directories that are not plugins!
$subtypes = core_component::get_plugin_types();
if (in_array($basedir, $subtypes)) {
debugging('get_list_of_plugins() should not be used to list real plugins, use core_component::get_plugin_list() instead!', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
}
unset($subtypes);
}
$ignorelist = array_flip(array_filter([
'CVS',
'_vti_cnf',
'amd',
'classes',
'simpletest',
'tests',
'templates',
'yui',
$exclude,
]));
if (file_exists($basedir) && filetype($basedir) == 'dir') {
if (!$dirhandle = opendir($basedir)) {
debugging("Directory permission error for plugin ({$directory}). Directory exists but cannot be read.", DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
return array();
}
while (false !== ($dir = readdir($dirhandle))) {
if (strpos($dir, '.') === 0) {
// Ignore directories starting with .
// These are treated as hidden directories.
continue;
}
if (array_key_exists($dir, $ignorelist)) {
// This directory features on the ignore list.
continue;
}
if (filetype($basedir .'/'. $dir) != 'dir') {
continue;
}
$plugins[] = $dir;
}
closedir($dirhandle);
}
if ($plugins) {
asort($plugins);
}
return $plugins;
}
/**
* Invoke plugin's callback functions
*
* @param string $type plugin type e.g. 'mod'
* @param string $name plugin name
* @param string $feature feature name
* @param string $action feature's action
* @param array $params parameters of callback function, should be an array
* @param mixed $default default value if callback function hasn't been defined, or if it retursn null.
> * @param bool $migratedtohook if true this is a deprecated callback, if hook callback is present then do nothing
* @return mixed
*
* @todo Decide about to deprecate and drop plugin_callback() - MDL-30743
*/
< function plugin_callback($type, $name, $feature, $action, $params = null, $default = null) {
< return component_callback($type . '_' . $name, $feature . '_' . $action, (array) $params, $default);
> function plugin_callback($type, $name, $feature, $action, $params = null, $default = null, bool $migratedtohook = false) {
> return component_callback($type . '_' . $name, $feature . '_' . $action, (array) $params, $default, $migratedtohook);
}
/**
* Invoke component's callback functions
*
* @param string $component frankenstyle component name, e.g. 'mod_quiz'
* @param string $function the rest of the function name, e.g. 'cron' will end up calling 'mod_quiz_cron'
* @param array $params parameters of callback function
* @param mixed $default default value if callback function hasn't been defined, or if it retursn null.
> * @param bool $migratedtohook if true this is a deprecated callback, if hook callback is present then do nothing
* @return mixed
*/
< function component_callback($component, $function, array $params = array(), $default = null) {
> function component_callback($component, $function, array $params = array(), $default = null, bool $migratedtohook = false) {
$functionname = component_callback_exists($component, $function);
if ($params && (array_keys($params) !== range(0, count($params) - 1))) {
// PHP 8 allows to have associative arrays in the call_user_func_array() parameters but
// PHP 7 does not. Using associative arrays can result in different behavior in different PHP versions.
// See https://php.watch/versions/8.0/named-parameters#named-params-call_user_func_array
// This check can be removed when minimum PHP version for Moodle is raised to 8.
debugging('Parameters array can not be an associative array while Moodle supports both PHP 7 and PHP 8.',
DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
$params = array_values($params);
}
if ($functionname) {
> if ($migratedtohook) {
// Function exists, so just return function result.
> if (\core\hook\manager::get_instance()->is_deprecated_plugin_callback($function)) {
$ret = call_user_func_array($functionname, $params);
> if (\core\hook\manager::get_instance()->is_deprecating_hook_present($component, $function)) {
if (is_null($ret)) {
> // Do not call the old lib.php callback,
return $default;
> // it is there for compatibility with older Moodle versions only.
} else {
> return null;
return $ret;
> } else {
}
> debugging("Callback $function in $component component should be migrated to new hook callback",
}
> DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
return $default;
> }
}
> }
> }
/**
>
* Determine if a component callback exists and return the function name to call. Note that this
* function will include the required library files so that the functioname returned can be
* called directly.
*
* @param string $component frankenstyle component name, e.g. 'mod_quiz'
* @param string $function the rest of the function name, e.g. 'cron' will end up calling 'mod_quiz_cron'
* @return mixed Complete function name to call if the callback exists or false if it doesn't.
* @throws coding_exception if invalid component specfied
*/
function component_callback_exists($component, $function) {
global $CFG; // This is needed for the inclusions.
$cleancomponent = clean_param($component, PARAM_COMPONENT);
if (empty($cleancomponent)) {
throw new coding_exception('Invalid component used in plugin/component_callback():' . $component);
}
$component = $cleancomponent;
list($type, $name) = core_component::normalize_component($component);
$component = $type . '_' . $name;
$oldfunction = $name.'_'.$function;
$function = $component.'_'.$function;
$dir = core_component::get_component_directory($component);
if (empty($dir)) {
throw new coding_exception('Invalid component used in plugin/component_callback():' . $component);
}
// Load library and look for function.
if (file_exists($dir.'/lib.php')) {
require_once($dir.'/lib.php');
}
if (!function_exists($function) and function_exists($oldfunction)) {
if ($type !== 'mod' and $type !== 'core') {
debugging("Please use new function name $function instead of legacy $oldfunction", DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
}
$function = $oldfunction;
}
if (function_exists($function)) {
return $function;
}
return false;
}
/**
* Call the specified callback method on the provided class.
*
* If the callback returns null, then the default value is returned instead.
* If the class does not exist, then the default value is returned.
*
* @param string $classname The name of the class to call upon.
* @param string $methodname The name of the staticically defined method on the class.
* @param array $params The arguments to pass into the method.
* @param mixed $default The default value.
* @return mixed The return value.
*/
function component_class_callback($classname, $methodname, array $params, $default = null) {
if (!class_exists($classname)) {
return $default;
}
if (!method_exists($classname, $methodname)) {
return $default;
}
$fullfunction = $classname . '::' . $methodname;
$result = call_user_func_array($fullfunction, $params);
if (null === $result) {
return $default;
} else {
return $result;
}
}
/**
* Checks whether a plugin supports a specified feature.
*
* @param string $type Plugin type e.g. 'mod'
* @param string $name Plugin name e.g. 'forum'
* @param string $feature Feature code (FEATURE_xx constant)
* @param mixed $default default value if feature support unknown
* @return mixed Feature result (false if not supported, null if feature is unknown,
* otherwise usually true but may have other feature-specific value such as array)
* @throws coding_exception
*/
function plugin_supports($type, $name, $feature, $default = null) {
global $CFG;
if ($type === 'mod' and $name === 'NEWMODULE') {
// Somebody forgot to rename the module template.
return false;
}
$component = clean_param($type . '_' . $name, PARAM_COMPONENT);
if (empty($component)) {
throw new coding_exception('Invalid component used in plugin_supports():' . $type . '_' . $name);
}
$function = null;
if ($type === 'mod') {
// We need this special case because we support subplugins in modules,
// otherwise it would end up in infinite loop.
if (file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/mod/$name/lib.php")) {
include_once("$CFG->dirroot/mod/$name/lib.php");
$function = $component.'_supports';
if (!function_exists($function)) {
// Legacy non-frankenstyle function name.
$function = $name.'_supports';
}
}
} else {
if (!$path = core_component::get_plugin_directory($type, $name)) {
// Non existent plugin type.
return false;
}
if (file_exists("$path/lib.php")) {
include_once("$path/lib.php");
$function = $component.'_supports';
}
}
if ($function and function_exists($function)) {
$supports = $function($feature);
if (is_null($supports)) {
// Plugin does not know - use default.
return $default;
} else {
return $supports;
}
}
// Plugin does not care, so use default.
return $default;
}
/**
* Returns true if the current version of PHP is greater that the specified one.
*
* @todo Check PHP version being required here is it too low?
*
* @param string $version The version of php being tested.
* @return bool
*/
function check_php_version($version='5.2.4') {
return (version_compare(phpversion(), $version) >= 0);
}
/**
* Determine if moodle installation requires update.
*
* Checks version numbers of main code and all plugins to see
* if there are any mismatches.
*
> * @param bool $checkupgradeflag check the outagelessupgrade flag to see if an upgrade is running.
* @return bool
*/
< function moodle_needs_upgrading() {
< global $CFG;
> function moodle_needs_upgrading($checkupgradeflag = true) {
> global $CFG, $DB;
>
> // Say no if there is already an upgrade running.
> if ($checkupgradeflag) {
> $lock = $DB->get_field('config', 'value', ['name' => 'outagelessupgrade']);
> $currentprocessrunningupgrade = (defined('CLI_UPGRADE_RUNNING') && CLI_UPGRADE_RUNNING);
> // If we ARE locked, but this PHP process is NOT the process running the upgrade,
> // We should always return false.
> // This means the upgrade is running from CLI somewhere, or about to.
> if (!empty($lock) && !$currentprocessrunningupgrade) {
> return false;
> }
> }
if (empty($CFG->version)) {
return true;
}
// There is no need to purge plugininfo caches here because
// these caches are not used during upgrade and they are purged after
// every upgrade.
if (empty($CFG->allversionshash)) {
return true;
}
$hash = core_component::get_all_versions_hash();
return ($hash !== $CFG->allversionshash);
}
/**
* Returns the major version of this site
*
* Moodle version numbers consist of three numbers separated by a dot, for
* example 1.9.11 or 2.0.2. The first two numbers, like 1.9 or 2.0, represent so
* called major version. This function extracts the major version from either
* $CFG->release (default) or eventually from the $release variable defined in
* the main version.php.
*
* @param bool $fromdisk should the version if source code files be used
* @return string|false the major version like '2.3', false if could not be determined
*/
function moodle_major_version($fromdisk = false) {
global $CFG;
if ($fromdisk) {
$release = null;
require($CFG->dirroot.'/version.php');
if (empty($release)) {
return false;
}
} else {
if (empty($CFG->release)) {
return false;
}
$release = $CFG->release;
}
if (preg_match('/^[0-9]+\.[0-9]+/', $release, $matches)) {
return $matches[0];
} else {
return false;
}
}
// MISCELLANEOUS.
/**
* Gets the system locale
*
* @return string Retuns the current locale.
*/
function moodle_getlocale() {
global $CFG;
// Fetch the correct locale based on ostype.
if ($CFG->ostype == 'WINDOWS') {
$stringtofetch = 'localewin';
} else {
$stringtofetch = 'locale';
}
if (!empty($CFG->locale)) { // Override locale for all language packs.
return $CFG->locale;
}
return get_string($stringtofetch, 'langconfig');
}
/**
* Sets the system locale
*
* @category string
* @param string $locale Can be used to force a locale
*/
function moodle_setlocale($locale='') {
global $CFG;
static $currentlocale = ''; // Last locale caching.
$oldlocale = $currentlocale;
// The priority is the same as in get_string() - parameter, config, course, session, user, global language.
if (!empty($locale)) {
$currentlocale = $locale;
} else {
$currentlocale = moodle_getlocale();
}
// Do nothing if locale already set up.
if ($oldlocale == $currentlocale) {
return;
}
// Due to some strange BUG we cannot set the LC_TIME directly, so we fetch current values,
// set LC_ALL and then set values again. Just wondering why we cannot set LC_ALL only??? - stronk7
// Some day, numeric, monetary and other categories should be set too, I think. :-/.
// Get current values.
$monetary= setlocale (LC_MONETARY, 0);
$numeric = setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, 0);
$ctype = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, 0);
if ($CFG->ostype != 'WINDOWS') {
$messages= setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, 0);
}
// Set locale to all.
$result = setlocale (LC_ALL, $currentlocale);
// If setting of locale fails try the other utf8 or utf-8 variant,
// some operating systems support both (Debian), others just one (OSX).
if ($result === false) {
if (stripos($currentlocale, '.UTF-8') !== false) {
$newlocale = str_ireplace('.UTF-8', '.UTF8', $currentlocale);
setlocale (LC_ALL, $newlocale);
} else if (stripos($currentlocale, '.UTF8') !== false) {
$newlocale = str_ireplace('.UTF8', '.UTF-8', $currentlocale);
setlocale (LC_ALL, $newlocale);
}
}
// Set old values.
setlocale (LC_MONETARY, $monetary);
setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, $numeric);
if ($CFG->ostype != 'WINDOWS') {
setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, $messages);
}
if ($currentlocale == 'tr_TR' or $currentlocale == 'tr_TR.UTF-8') {
// To workaround a well-known PHP problem with Turkish letter Ii.
setlocale (LC_CTYPE, $ctype);
}
}
/**
* Count words in a string.
*
* Words are defined as things between whitespace.
*
* @category string
* @param string $string The text to be searched for words. May be HTML.
> * @param int|null $format
* @return int The count of words in the specified string
*/
< function count_words($string) {
> function count_words($string, $format = null) {
// Before stripping tags, add a space after the close tag of anything that is not obviously inline.
// Also, br is a special case because it definitely delimits a word, but has no close tag.
$string = preg_replace('~
( # Capture the tag we match.
</ # Start of close tag.
(?! # Do not match any of these specific close tag names.
a> | b> | del> | em> | i> |
ins> | s> | small> | span> |
strong> | sub> | sup> | u>
)
\w+ # But, apart from those execptions, match any tag name.
> # End of close tag.
|
<br> | <br\s*/> # Special cases that are not close tags.
)
~x', '$1 ', $string); // Add a space after the close tag.
> if ($format !== null && $format != FORMAT_PLAIN) {
// Now remove HTML tags.
> // Match the usual text cleaning before display.
$string = strip_tags($string);
> // Ideally we should apply multilang filter only here, other filters might add extra text.
// Decode HTML entities.
> $string = format_text($string, $format, ['filter' => false, 'noclean' => false, 'para' => false]);
$string = html_entity_decode($string);
> }
< $string = html_entity_decode($string);
> $string = html_entity_decode($string, ENT_COMPAT);
// Now, the word count is the number of blocks of characters separated
// by any sort of space. That seems to be the definition used by all other systems.
// To be precise about what is considered to separate words:
// * Anything that Unicode considers a 'Separator'
// * Anything that Unicode considers a 'Control character'
// * An em- or en- dash.
return count(preg_split('~[\p{Z}\p{Cc}—–]+~u', $string, -1, PREG_SPLIT_NO_EMPTY));
}
/**
* Count letters in a string.
*
* Letters are defined as chars not in tags and different from whitespace.
*
* @category string
* @param string $string The text to be searched for letters. May be HTML.
> * @param int|null $format
* @return int The count of letters in the specified text.
*/
< function count_letters($string) {
> function count_letters($string, $format = null) {
> if ($format !== null && $format != FORMAT_PLAIN) {
> // Match the usual text cleaning before display.
> // Ideally we should apply multilang filter only here, other filters might add extra text.
> $string = format_text($string, $format, ['filter' => false, 'noclean' => false, 'para' => false]);
> }
$string = strip_tags($string); // Tags are out now.
< $string = html_entity_decode($string);
> $string = html_entity_decode($string, ENT_COMPAT);
$string = preg_replace('/[[:space:]]*/', '', $string); // Whitespace are out now.
return core_text::strlen($string);
}
/**
* Generate and return a random string of the specified length.
*
* @param int $length The length of the string to be created.
* @return string
*/
function random_string($length=15) {
< $randombytes = random_bytes_emulate($length);
> $randombytes = random_bytes($length);
$pool = 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ';
$pool .= 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz';
$pool .= '0123456789';
$poollen = strlen($pool);
$string = '';
for ($i = 0; $i < $length; $i++) {
$rand = ord($randombytes[$i]);
$string .= substr($pool, ($rand%($poollen)), 1);
}
return $string;
}
/**
* Generate a complex random string (useful for md5 salts)
*
* This function is based on the above {@link random_string()} however it uses a
* larger pool of characters and generates a string between 24 and 32 characters
*
* @param int $length Optional if set generates a string to exactly this length
* @return string
*/
function complex_random_string($length=null) {
$pool = 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789';
$pool .= '`~!@#%^&*()_+-=[];,./<>?:{} ';
$poollen = strlen($pool);
if ($length===null) {
$length = floor(rand(24, 32));
}
< $randombytes = random_bytes_emulate($length);
> $randombytes = random_bytes($length);
$string = '';
for ($i = 0; $i < $length; $i++) {
$rand = ord($randombytes[$i]);
$string .= $pool[($rand%$poollen)];
}
return $string;
}
/**
< * Try to generates cryptographically secure pseudo-random bytes.
< *
< * Note this is achieved by fallbacking between:
< * - PHP 7 random_bytes().
< * - OpenSSL openssl_random_pseudo_bytes().
< * - In house random generator getting its entropy from various, hard to guess, pseudo-random sources.
< *
< * @param int $length requested length in bytes
< * @return string binary data
< */
< function random_bytes_emulate($length) {
< global $CFG;
< if ($length <= 0) {
< debugging('Invalid random bytes length', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
< return '';
< }
< if (function_exists('random_bytes')) {
< // Use PHP 7 goodness.
< $hash = @random_bytes($length);
< if ($hash !== false) {
< return $hash;
< }
< }
< if (function_exists('openssl_random_pseudo_bytes')) {
< // If you have the openssl extension enabled.
< $hash = openssl_random_pseudo_bytes($length);
< if ($hash !== false) {
< return $hash;
< }
< }
<
< // Bad luck, there is no reliable random generator, let's just slowly hash some unique stuff that is hard to guess.
< $staticdata = serialize($CFG) . serialize($_SERVER);
< $hash = '';
< do {
< $hash .= sha1($staticdata . microtime(true) . uniqid('', true), true);
< } while (strlen($hash) < $length);
<
< return substr($hash, 0, $length);
< }
<
< /**
* Given some text (which may contain HTML) and an ideal length,
* this function truncates the text neatly on a word boundary if possible
*
* @category string
* @param string $text text to be shortened
* @param int $ideal ideal string length
* @param boolean $exact if false, $text will not be cut mid-word
* @param string $ending The string to append if the passed string is truncated
* @return string $truncate shortened string
*/
function shorten_text($text, $ideal=30, $exact = false, $ending='...') {
// If the plain text is shorter than the maximum length, return the whole text.
if (core_text::strlen(preg_replace('/<.*?>/', '', $text)) <= $ideal) {
return $text;
}
// Splits on HTML tags. Each open/close/empty tag will be the first thing
// and only tag in its 'line'.
preg_match_all('/(<.+?>)?([^<>]*)/s', $text, $lines, PREG_SET_ORDER);
$totallength = core_text::strlen($ending);
$truncate = '';
// This array stores information about open and close tags and their position
// in the truncated string. Each item in the array is an object with fields
// ->open (true if open), ->tag (tag name in lower case), and ->pos
// (byte position in truncated text).
$tagdetails = array();
foreach ($lines as $linematchings) {
// If there is any html-tag in this line, handle it and add it (uncounted) to the output.
if (!empty($linematchings[1])) {
// If it's an "empty element" with or without xhtml-conform closing slash (f.e. <br/>).
if (!preg_match('/^<(\s*.+?\/\s*|\s*(img|br|input|hr|area|base|basefont|col|frame|isindex|link|meta|param)(\s.+?)?)>$/is', $linematchings[1])) {
if (preg_match('/^<\s*\/([^\s]+?)\s*>$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) {
// Record closing tag.
$tagdetails[] = (object) array(
'open' => false,
'tag' => core_text::strtolower($tagmatchings[1]),
'pos' => core_text::strlen($truncate),
);
} else if (preg_match('/^<\s*([^\s>!]+).*?>$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) {
// Record opening tag.
$tagdetails[] = (object) array(
'open' => true,
'tag' => core_text::strtolower($tagmatchings[1]),
'pos' => core_text::strlen($truncate),
);
} else if (preg_match('/^<!--\[if\s.*?\]>$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) {
$tagdetails[] = (object) array(
'open' => true,
'tag' => core_text::strtolower('if'),
'pos' => core_text::strlen($truncate),
);
} else if (preg_match('/^<!--<!\[endif\]-->$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) {
$tagdetails[] = (object) array(
'open' => false,
'tag' => core_text::strtolower('if'),
'pos' => core_text::strlen($truncate),
);
}
}
// Add html-tag to $truncate'd text.
$truncate .= $linematchings[1];
}
// Calculate the length of the plain text part of the line; handle entities as one character.
$contentlength = core_text::strlen(preg_replace('/&[0-9a-z]{2,8};|&#[0-9]{1,7};|&#x[0-9a-f]{1,6};/i', ' ', $linematchings[2]));
if ($totallength + $contentlength > $ideal) {
// The number of characters which are left.
$left = $ideal - $totallength;
$entitieslength = 0;
// Search for html entities.
if (preg_match_all('/&[0-9a-z]{2,8};|&#[0-9]{1,7};|&#x[0-9a-f]{1,6};/i', $linematchings[2], $entities, PREG_OFFSET_CAPTURE)) {
// Calculate the real length of all entities in the legal range.
foreach ($entities[0] as $entity) {
if ($entity[1]+1-$entitieslength <= $left) {
$left--;
$entitieslength += core_text::strlen($entity[0]);
} else {
// No more characters left.
break;
}
}
}
$breakpos = $left + $entitieslength;
// If the words shouldn't be cut in the middle...
if (!$exact) {
// Search the last occurence of a space.
for (; $breakpos > 0; $breakpos--) {
if ($char = core_text::substr($linematchings[2], $breakpos, 1)) {
if ($char === '.' or $char === ' ') {
$breakpos += 1;
break;
} else if (strlen($char) > 2) {
// Chinese/Japanese/Korean text can be truncated at any UTF-8 character boundary.
$breakpos += 1;
break;
}
}
}
}
if ($breakpos == 0) {
// This deals with the test_shorten_text_no_spaces case.
$breakpos = $left + $entitieslength;
} else if ($breakpos > $left + $entitieslength) {
// This deals with the previous for loop breaking on the first char.
$breakpos = $left + $entitieslength;
}
$truncate .= core_text::substr($linematchings[2], 0, $breakpos);
// Maximum length is reached, so get off the loop.
break;
} else {
$truncate .= $linematchings[2];
$totallength += $contentlength;
}
// If the maximum length is reached, get off the loop.
if ($totallength >= $ideal) {
break;
}
}
// Add the defined ending to the text.
$truncate .= $ending;
// Now calculate the list of open html tags based on the truncate position.
$opentags = array();
foreach ($tagdetails as $taginfo) {
if ($taginfo->open) {
// Add tag to the beginning of $opentags list.
array_unshift($opentags, $taginfo->tag);
} else {
// Can have multiple exact same open tags, close the last one.
$pos = array_search($taginfo->tag, array_reverse($opentags, true));
if ($pos !== false) {
unset($opentags[$pos]);
}
}
}
// Close all unclosed html-tags.
foreach ($opentags as $tag) {
if ($tag === 'if') {
$truncate .= '<!--<![endif]-->';
} else {
$truncate .= '</' . $tag . '>';
}
}
return $truncate;
}
/**
* Shortens a given filename by removing characters positioned after the ideal string length.
* When the filename is too long, the file cannot be created on the filesystem due to exceeding max byte size.
* Limiting the filename to a certain size (considering multibyte characters) will prevent this.
*
* @param string $filename file name
* @param int $length ideal string length
* @param bool $includehash Whether to include a file hash in the shortened version. This ensures uniqueness.
* @return string $shortened shortened file name
*/
function shorten_filename($filename, $length = MAX_FILENAME_SIZE, $includehash = false) {
$shortened = $filename;
// Extract a part of the filename if it's char size exceeds the ideal string length.
if (core_text::strlen($filename) > $length) {
// Exclude extension if present in filename.
$mimetypes = get_mimetypes_array();
$extension = pathinfo($filename, PATHINFO_EXTENSION);
if ($extension && !empty($mimetypes[$extension])) {
$basename = pathinfo($filename, PATHINFO_FILENAME);
$hash = empty($includehash) ? '' : ' - ' . substr(sha1($basename), 0, 10);
$shortened = core_text::substr($basename, 0, $length - strlen($hash)) . $hash;
$shortened .= '.' . $extension;
} else {
$hash = empty($includehash) ? '' : ' - ' . substr(sha1($filename), 0, 10);
$shortened = core_text::substr($filename, 0, $length - strlen($hash)) . $hash;
}
}
return $shortened;
}
/**
* Shortens a given array of filenames by removing characters positioned after the ideal string length.
*
* @param array $path The paths to reduce the length.
* @param int $length Ideal string length
* @param bool $includehash Whether to include a file hash in the shortened version. This ensures uniqueness.
* @return array $result Shortened paths in array.
*/
function shorten_filenames(array $path, $length = MAX_FILENAME_SIZE, $includehash = false) {
$result = null;
$result = array_reduce($path, function($carry, $singlepath) use ($length, $includehash) {
$carry[] = shorten_filename($singlepath, $length, $includehash);
return $carry;
}, []);
return $result;
}
/**
* Given dates in seconds, how many weeks is the date from startdate
* The first week is 1, the second 2 etc ...
*
* @param int $startdate Timestamp for the start date
* @param int $thedate Timestamp for the end date
* @return string
*/
function getweek ($startdate, $thedate) {
if ($thedate < $startdate) {
return 0;
}
return floor(($thedate - $startdate) / WEEKSECS) + 1;
}
/**
* Returns a randomly generated password of length $maxlen. inspired by
*
* {@link http://www.phpbuilder.com/columns/jesus19990502.php3} and
* {@link http://es2.php.net/manual/en/function.str-shuffle.php#73254}
*
* @param int $maxlen The maximum size of the password being generated.
* @return string
*/
function generate_password($maxlen=10) {
global $CFG;
if (empty($CFG->passwordpolicy)) {
$fillers = PASSWORD_DIGITS;
$wordlist = file($CFG->wordlist);
$word1 = trim($wordlist[rand(0, count($wordlist) - 1)]);
$word2 = trim($wordlist[rand(0, count($wordlist) - 1)]);
$filler1 = $fillers[rand(0, strlen($fillers) - 1)];
$password = $word1 . $filler1 . $word2;
} else {
$minlen = !empty($CFG->minpasswordlength) ? $CFG->minpasswordlength : 0;
$digits = $CFG->minpassworddigits;
$lower = $CFG->minpasswordlower;
$upper = $CFG->minpasswordupper;
$nonalphanum = $CFG->minpasswordnonalphanum;
$total = $lower + $upper + $digits + $nonalphanum;
// Var minlength should be the greater one of the two ( $minlen and $total ).
$minlen = $minlen < $total ? $total : $minlen;
// Var maxlen can never be smaller than minlen.
$maxlen = $minlen > $maxlen ? $minlen : $maxlen;
$additional = $maxlen - $total;
// Make sure we have enough characters to fulfill
// complexity requirements.
$passworddigits = PASSWORD_DIGITS;
while ($digits > strlen($passworddigits)) {
$passworddigits .= PASSWORD_DIGITS;
}
$passwordlower = PASSWORD_LOWER;
while ($lower > strlen($passwordlower)) {
$passwordlower .= PASSWORD_LOWER;
}
$passwordupper = PASSWORD_UPPER;
while ($upper > strlen($passwordupper)) {
$passwordupper .= PASSWORD_UPPER;
}
$passwordnonalphanum = PASSWORD_NONALPHANUM;
while ($nonalphanum > strlen($passwordnonalphanum)) {
$passwordnonalphanum .= PASSWORD_NONALPHANUM;
}
// Now mix and shuffle it all.
$password = str_shuffle (substr(str_shuffle ($passwordlower), 0, $lower) .
substr(str_shuffle ($passwordupper), 0, $upper) .
substr(str_shuffle ($passworddigits), 0, $digits) .
substr(str_shuffle ($passwordnonalphanum), 0 , $nonalphanum) .
substr(str_shuffle ($passwordlower .
$passwordupper .
$passworddigits .
$passwordnonalphanum), 0 , $additional));
}
return substr ($password, 0, $maxlen);
}
/**
* Given a float, prints it nicely.
* Localized floats must not be used in calculations!
*
* The stripzeros feature is intended for making numbers look nicer in small
* areas where it is not necessary to indicate the degree of accuracy by showing
* ending zeros. If you turn it on with $decimalpoints set to 3, for example,
* then it will display '5.4' instead of '5.400' or '5' instead of '5.000'.
*
* @param float $float The float to print
* @param int $decimalpoints The number of decimal places to print. -1 is a special value for auto detect (full precision).
* @param bool $localized use localized decimal separator
* @param bool $stripzeros If true, removes final zeros after decimal point. It will be ignored and the trailing zeros after
* the decimal point are always striped if $decimalpoints is -1.
* @return string locale float
*/
function format_float($float, $decimalpoints=1, $localized=true, $stripzeros=false) {
if (is_null($float)) {
return '';
}
if ($localized) {
$separator = get_string('decsep', 'langconfig');
} else {
$separator = '.';
}
if ($decimalpoints == -1) {
// The following counts the number of decimals.
// It is safe as both floatval() and round() functions have same behaviour when non-numeric values are provided.
$floatval = floatval($float);
for ($decimalpoints = 0; $floatval != round($float, $decimalpoints); $decimalpoints++);
}
$result = number_format($float, $decimalpoints, $separator, '');
if ($stripzeros && $decimalpoints > 0) {
// Remove zeros and final dot if not needed.
// However, only do this if there is a decimal point!
$result = preg_replace('~(' . preg_quote($separator, '~') . ')?0+$~', '', $result);
}
return $result;
}
/**
* Converts locale specific floating point/comma number back to standard PHP float value
* Do NOT try to do any math operations before this conversion on any user submitted floats!
*
* @param string $localefloat locale aware float representation
* @param bool $strict If true, then check the input and return false if it is not a valid number.
* @return mixed float|bool - false or the parsed float.
*/
function unformat_float($localefloat, $strict = false) {
< $localefloat = trim($localefloat);
> $localefloat = trim((string)$localefloat);
if ($localefloat == '') {
return null;
}
$localefloat = str_replace(' ', '', $localefloat); // No spaces - those might be used as thousand separators.
$localefloat = str_replace(get_string('decsep', 'langconfig'), '.', $localefloat);
if ($strict && !is_numeric($localefloat)) {
return false;
}
return (float)$localefloat;
}
/**
* Given a simple array, this shuffles it up just like shuffle()
* Unlike PHP's shuffle() this function works on any machine.
*
* @param array $array The array to be rearranged
* @return array
*/
function swapshuffle($array) {
$last = count($array) - 1;
for ($i = 0; $i <= $last; $i++) {
$from = rand(0, $last);
$curr = $array[$i];
$array[$i] = $array[$from];
$array[$from] = $curr;
}
return $array;
}
/**
* Like {@link swapshuffle()}, but works on associative arrays
*
* @param array $array The associative array to be rearranged
* @return array
*/
function swapshuffle_assoc($array) {
$newarray = array();
$newkeys = swapshuffle(array_keys($array));
foreach ($newkeys as $newkey) {
$newarray[$newkey] = $array[$newkey];
}
return $newarray;
}
/**
* Given an arbitrary array, and a number of draws,
* this function returns an array with that amount
* of items. The indexes are retained.
*
* @todo Finish documenting this function
*
* @param array $array
* @param int $draws
* @return array
*/
function draw_rand_array($array, $draws) {
$return = array();
$last = count($array);
if ($draws > $last) {
$draws = $last;
}
while ($draws > 0) {
$last--;
$keys = array_keys($array);
$rand = rand(0, $last);
$return[$keys[$rand]] = $array[$keys[$rand]];
unset($array[$keys[$rand]]);
$draws--;
}
return $return;
}
/**
* Calculate the difference between two microtimes
*
* @param string $a The first Microtime
* @param string $b The second Microtime
* @return string
*/
function microtime_diff($a, $b) {
list($adec, $asec) = explode(' ', $a);
list($bdec, $bsec) = explode(' ', $b);
return $bsec - $asec + $bdec - $adec;
}
/**
* Given a list (eg a,b,c,d,e) this function returns
* an array of 1->a, 2->b, 3->c etc
*
* @param string $list The string to explode into array bits
* @param string $separator The separator used within the list string
* @return array The now assembled array
*/
function make_menu_from_list($list, $separator=',') {
$array = array_reverse(explode($separator, $list), true);
foreach ($array as $key => $item) {
$outarray[$key+1] = trim($item);
}
return $outarray;
}
/**
* Creates an array that represents all the current grades that
* can be chosen using the given grading type.
*
* Negative numbers
* are scales, zero is no grade, and positive numbers are maximum
* grades.
*
* @todo Finish documenting this function or better deprecated this completely!
*
* @param int $gradingtype
* @return array
*/
function make_grades_menu($gradingtype) {
global $DB;
$grades = array();
if ($gradingtype < 0) {
if ($scale = $DB->get_record('scale', array('id'=> (-$gradingtype)))) {
return make_menu_from_list($scale->scale);
}
} else if ($gradingtype > 0) {
for ($i=$gradingtype; $i>=0; $i--) {
$grades[$i] = $i .' / '. $gradingtype;
}
return $grades;
}
return $grades;
}
/**
* make_unique_id_code
*
* @todo Finish documenting this function
*
* @uses $_SERVER
* @param string $extra Extra string to append to the end of the code
* @return string
*/
function make_unique_id_code($extra = '') {
$hostname = 'unknownhost';
if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_HOST'])) {
$hostname = $_SERVER['HTTP_HOST'];
} else if (!empty($_ENV['HTTP_HOST'])) {
$hostname = $_ENV['HTTP_HOST'];
} else if (!empty($_SERVER['SERVER_NAME'])) {
$hostname = $_SERVER['SERVER_NAME'];
} else if (!empty($_ENV['SERVER_NAME'])) {
$hostname = $_ENV['SERVER_NAME'];
}
$date = gmdate("ymdHis");
$random = random_string(6);
if ($extra) {
return $hostname .'+'. $date .'+'. $random .'+'. $extra;
} else {
return $hostname .'+'. $date .'+'. $random;
}
}
/**
* Function to check the passed address is within the passed subnet
*
* The parameter is a comma separated string of subnet definitions.
* Subnet strings can be in one of three formats:
* 1: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/nn or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx/nnn (number of bits in net mask)
* 2: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx-yyy or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx::xxxx-yyyy (a range of IP addresses in the last group)
* 3: xxx.xxx or xxx.xxx. or xxx:xxx:xxxx or xxx:xxx:xxxx. (incomplete address, a bit non-technical ;-)
* Code for type 1 modified from user posted comments by mediator at
* {@link http://au.php.net/manual/en/function.ip2long.php}
*
* @param string $addr The address you are checking
* @param string $subnetstr The string of subnet addresses
* @param bool $checkallzeros The state to whether check for 0.0.0.0
* @return bool
*/
function address_in_subnet($addr, $subnetstr, $checkallzeros = false) {
if ($addr == '0.0.0.0' && !$checkallzeros) {
return false;
}
$subnets = explode(',', $subnetstr);
$found = false;
$addr = trim($addr);
$addr = cleanremoteaddr($addr, false); // Normalise.
if ($addr === null) {
return false;
}
$addrparts = explode(':', $addr);
$ipv6 = strpos($addr, ':');
foreach ($subnets as $subnet) {
$subnet = trim($subnet);
if ($subnet === '') {
continue;
}
if (strpos($subnet, '/') !== false) {
// 1: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/nn or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx/nnn.
list($ip, $mask) = explode('/', $subnet);
$mask = trim($mask);
if (!is_number($mask)) {
continue; // Incorect mask number, eh?
}
$ip = cleanremoteaddr($ip, false); // Normalise.
if ($ip === null) {
continue;
}
if (strpos($ip, ':') !== false) {
// IPv6.
if (!$ipv6) {
continue;
}
if ($mask > 128 or $mask < 0) {
continue; // Nonsense.
}
if ($mask == 0) {
return true; // Any address.
}
if ($mask == 128) {
if ($ip === $addr) {
return true;
}
continue;
}
$ipparts = explode(':', $ip);
$modulo = $mask % 16;
$ipnet = array_slice($ipparts, 0, ($mask-$modulo)/16);
$addrnet = array_slice($addrparts, 0, ($mask-$modulo)/16);
if (implode(':', $ipnet) === implode(':', $addrnet)) {
if ($modulo == 0) {
return true;
}
$pos = ($mask-$modulo)/16;
$ipnet = hexdec($ipparts[$pos]);
$addrnet = hexdec($addrparts[$pos]);
$mask = 0xffff << (16 - $modulo);
if (($addrnet & $mask) == ($ipnet & $mask)) {
return true;
}
}
} else {
// IPv4.
if ($ipv6) {
continue;
}
if ($mask > 32 or $mask < 0) {
continue; // Nonsense.
}
if ($mask == 0) {
return true;
}
if ($mask == 32) {
if ($ip === $addr) {
return true;
}
continue;
}
$mask = 0xffffffff << (32 - $mask);
if (((ip2long($addr) & $mask) == (ip2long($ip) & $mask))) {
return true;
}
}
} else if (strpos($subnet, '-') !== false) {
// 2: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx-yyy or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx::xxxx-yyyy. A range of IP addresses in the last group.
$parts = explode('-', $subnet);
if (count($parts) != 2) {
continue;
}
if (strpos($subnet, ':') !== false) {
// IPv6.
if (!$ipv6) {
continue;
}
$ipstart = cleanremoteaddr(trim($parts[0]), false); // Normalise.
if ($ipstart === null) {
continue;
}
$ipparts = explode(':', $ipstart);
$start = hexdec(array_pop($ipparts));
$ipparts[] = trim($parts[1]);
$ipend = cleanremoteaddr(implode(':', $ipparts), false); // Normalise.
if ($ipend === null) {
continue;
}
$ipparts[7] = '';
$ipnet = implode(':', $ipparts);
if (strpos($addr, $ipnet) !== 0) {
continue;
}
$ipparts = explode(':', $ipend);
$end = hexdec($ipparts[7]);
$addrend = hexdec($addrparts[7]);
if (($addrend >= $start) and ($addrend <= $end)) {
return true;
}
} else {
// IPv4.
if ($ipv6) {
continue;
}
$ipstart = cleanremoteaddr(trim($parts[0]), false); // Normalise.
if ($ipstart === null) {
continue;
}
$ipparts = explode('.', $ipstart);
$ipparts[3] = trim($parts[1]);
$ipend = cleanremoteaddr(implode('.', $ipparts), false); // Normalise.
if ($ipend === null) {
continue;
}
if ((ip2long($addr) >= ip2long($ipstart)) and (ip2long($addr) <= ip2long($ipend))) {
return true;
}
}
} else {
// 3: xxx.xxx or xxx.xxx. or xxx:xxx:xxxx or xxx:xxx:xxxx.
if (strpos($subnet, ':') !== false) {
// IPv6.
if (!$ipv6) {
continue;
}
$parts = explode(':', $subnet);
$count = count($parts);
if ($parts[$count-1] === '') {
unset($parts[$count-1]); // Trim trailing :'s.
$count--;
$subnet = implode('.', $parts);
}
$isip = cleanremoteaddr($subnet, false); // Normalise.
if ($isip !== null) {
if ($isip === $addr) {
return true;
}
continue;
} else if ($count > 8) {
continue;
}
$zeros = array_fill(0, 8-$count, '0');
$subnet = $subnet.':'.implode(':', $zeros).'/'.($count*16);
if (address_in_subnet($addr, $subnet)) {
return true;
}
} else {
// IPv4.
if ($ipv6) {
continue;
}
$parts = explode('.', $subnet);
$count = count($parts);
if ($parts[$count-1] === '') {
unset($parts[$count-1]); // Trim trailing .
$count--;
$subnet = implode('.', $parts);
}
if ($count == 4) {
$subnet = cleanremoteaddr($subnet, false); // Normalise.
if ($subnet === $addr) {
return true;
}
continue;
} else if ($count > 4) {
continue;
}
$zeros = array_fill(0, 4-$count, '0');
$subnet = $subnet.'.'.implode('.', $zeros).'/'.($count*8);
if (address_in_subnet($addr, $subnet)) {
return true;
}
}
}
}
return false;
}
/**
* For outputting debugging info
*
* @param string $string The string to write
* @param string $eol The end of line char(s) to use
* @param string $sleep Period to make the application sleep
* This ensures any messages have time to display before redirect
*/
function mtrace($string, $eol="\n", $sleep=0) {
global $CFG;
if (isset($CFG->mtrace_wrapper) && function_exists($CFG->mtrace_wrapper)) {
$fn = $CFG->mtrace_wrapper;
$fn($string, $eol);
return;
} else if (defined('STDOUT') && !PHPUNIT_TEST && !defined('BEHAT_TEST')) {
// We must explicitly call the add_line function here.
// Uses of fwrite to STDOUT are not picked up by ob_start.
if ($output = \core\task\logmanager::add_line("{$string}{$eol}")) {
fwrite(STDOUT, $output);
}
} else {
echo $string . $eol;
}
// Flush again.
flush();
// Delay to keep message on user's screen in case of subsequent redirect.
if ($sleep) {
sleep($sleep);
}
}
/**
* Helper to {@see mtrace()} an exception or throwable, including all relevant information.
*
* @param Throwable $e the error to ouptput.
*/
function mtrace_exception(Throwable $e): void {
$info = get_exception_info($e);
$message = $info->message;
if ($info->debuginfo) {
$message .= "\n\n" . $info->debuginfo;
}
if ($info->backtrace) {
$message .= "\n\n" . format_backtrace($info->backtrace, true);
}
mtrace($message);
}
/**
* Replace 1 or more slashes or backslashes to 1 slash
*
* @param string $path The path to strip
* @return string the path with double slashes removed
*/
function cleardoubleslashes ($path) {
return preg_replace('/(\/|\\\){1,}/', '/', $path);
}
/**
* Is the current ip in a given list?
*
* @param string $list
* @return bool
*/
function remoteip_in_list($list) {
$clientip = getremoteaddr(null);
if (!$clientip) {
// Ensure access on cli.
return true;
}
return \core\ip_utils::is_ip_in_subnet_list($clientip, $list);
}
/**
* Returns most reliable client address
*
* @param string $default If an address can't be determined, then return this
* @return string The remote IP address
*/
function getremoteaddr($default='0.0.0.0') {
global $CFG;
if (!isset($CFG->getremoteaddrconf)) {
// This will happen, for example, before just after the upgrade, as the
// user is redirected to the admin screen.
$variablestoskip = GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_DEFAULT;
} else {
$variablestoskip = $CFG->getremoteaddrconf;
}
if (!($variablestoskip & GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_CLIENT_IP)) {
if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_CLIENT_IP'])) {
$address = cleanremoteaddr($_SERVER['HTTP_CLIENT_IP']);
return $address ? $address : $default;
}
}
if (!($variablestoskip & GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR)) {
if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR'])) {
$forwardedaddresses = explode(",", $_SERVER['HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR']);
$forwardedaddresses = array_filter($forwardedaddresses, function($ip) {
global $CFG;
return !\core\ip_utils::is_ip_in_subnet_list($ip, $CFG->reverseproxyignore ?? '', ',');
});
// Multiple proxies can append values to this header including an
// untrusted original request header so we must only trust the last ip.
$address = end($forwardedaddresses);
if (substr_count($address, ":") > 1) {
// Remove port and brackets from IPv6.
if (preg_match("/\[(.*)\]:/", $address, $matches)) {
$address = $matches[1];
}
} else {
// Remove port from IPv4.
if (substr_count($address, ":") == 1) {
$parts = explode(":", $address);
$address = $parts[0];
}
}
$address = cleanremoteaddr($address);
return $address ? $address : $default;
}
}
if (!empty($_SERVER['REMOTE_ADDR'])) {
$address = cleanremoteaddr($_SERVER['REMOTE_ADDR']);
return $address ? $address : $default;
} else {
return $default;
}
}
/**
* Cleans an ip address. Internal addresses are now allowed.
* (Originally local addresses were not allowed.)
*
* @param string $addr IPv4 or IPv6 address
* @param bool $compress use IPv6 address compression
* @return string normalised ip address string, null if error
*/
function cleanremoteaddr($addr, $compress=false) {
$addr = trim($addr);
if (strpos($addr, ':') !== false) {
// Can be only IPv6.
$parts = explode(':', $addr);
$count = count($parts);
if (strpos($parts[$count-1], '.') !== false) {
// Legacy ipv4 notation.
$last = array_pop($parts);
$ipv4 = cleanremoteaddr($last, true);
if ($ipv4 === null) {
return null;
}
$bits = explode('.', $ipv4);
$parts[] = dechex($bits[0]).dechex($bits[1]);
$parts[] = dechex($bits[2]).dechex($bits[3]);
$count = count($parts);
$addr = implode(':', $parts);
}
if ($count < 3 or $count > 8) {
return null; // Severly malformed.
}
if ($count != 8) {
if (strpos($addr, '::') === false) {
return null; // Malformed.
}
// Uncompress.
$insertat = array_search('', $parts, true);
$missing = array_fill(0, 1 + 8 - $count, '0');
array_splice($parts, $insertat, 1, $missing);
foreach ($parts as $key => $part) {
if ($part === '') {
$parts[$key] = '0';
}
}
}
$adr = implode(':', $parts);
if (!preg_match('/^([0-9a-f]{1,4})(:[0-9a-f]{1,4})*$/i', $adr)) {
return null; // Incorrect format - sorry.
}
// Normalise 0s and case.
$parts = array_map('hexdec', $parts);
$parts = array_map('dechex', $parts);
$result = implode(':', $parts);
if (!$compress) {
return $result;
}
if ($result === '0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0') {
return '::'; // All addresses.
}
$compressed = preg_replace('/(:0)+:0$/', '::', $result, 1);
if ($compressed !== $result) {
return $compressed;
}
$compressed = preg_replace('/^(0:){2,7}/', '::', $result, 1);
if ($compressed !== $result) {
return $compressed;
}
$compressed = preg_replace('/(:0){2,6}:/', '::', $result, 1);
if ($compressed !== $result) {
return $compressed;
}
return $result;
}
// First get all things that look like IPv4 addresses.
$parts = array();
if (!preg_match('/^(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})$/', $addr, $parts)) {
return null;
}
unset($parts[0]);
foreach ($parts as $key => $match) {
if ($match > 255) {
return null;
}
$parts[$key] = (int)$match; // Normalise 0s.
}
return implode('.', $parts);
}
/**
* Is IP address a public address?
*
* @param string $ip The ip to check
* @return bool true if the ip is public
*/
function ip_is_public($ip) {
return (bool) filter_var($ip, FILTER_VALIDATE_IP, (FILTER_FLAG_NO_PRIV_RANGE | FILTER_FLAG_NO_RES_RANGE));
}
/**
* This function will make a complete copy of anything it's given,
* regardless of whether it's an object or not.
*
* @param mixed $thing Something you want cloned
* @return mixed What ever it is you passed it
*/
function fullclone($thing) {
return unserialize(serialize($thing));
}
/**
* Used to make sure that $min <= $value <= $max
*
* Make sure that value is between min, and max
*
* @param int $min The minimum value
* @param int $value The value to check
* @param int $max The maximum value
* @return int
*/
function bounded_number($min, $value, $max) {
if ($value < $min) {
return $min;
}
if ($value > $max) {
return $max;
}
return $value;
}
/**
* Check if there is a nested array within the passed array
*
* @param array $array
* @return bool true if there is a nested array false otherwise
*/
function array_is_nested($array) {
foreach ($array as $value) {
if (is_array($value)) {
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
/**
* get_performance_info() pairs up with init_performance_info()
* loaded in setup.php. Returns an array with 'html' and 'txt'
* values ready for use, and each of the individual stats provided
* separately as well.
*
* @return array
*/
function get_performance_info() {
global $CFG, $PERF, $DB, $PAGE;
$info = array();
$info['txt'] = me() . ' '; // Holds log-friendly representation.
$info['html'] = '';
if (!empty($CFG->themedesignermode)) {
// Attempt to avoid devs debugging peformance issues, when its caused by css building and so on.
$info['html'] .= '<p><strong>Warning: Theme designer mode is enabled.</strong></p>';
}
$info['html'] .= '<ul class="list-unstyled row mx-md-0">'; // Holds userfriendly HTML representation.
$info['realtime'] = microtime_diff($PERF->starttime, microtime());
$info['html'] .= '<li class="timeused col-sm-4">'.$info['realtime'].' secs</li> ';
$info['txt'] .= 'time: '.$info['realtime'].'s ';
// GET/POST (or NULL if $_SERVER['REQUEST_METHOD'] is undefined) is useful for txt logged information.
$info['txt'] .= 'method: ' . ($_SERVER['REQUEST_METHOD'] ?? "NULL") . ' ';
if (function_exists('memory_get_usage')) {
$info['memory_total'] = memory_get_usage();
$info['memory_growth'] = memory_get_usage() - $PERF->startmemory;
$info['html'] .= '<li class="memoryused col-sm-4">RAM: '.display_size($info['memory_total']).'</li> ';
$info['txt'] .= 'memory_total: '.$info['memory_total'].'B (' . display_size($info['memory_total']).') memory_growth: '.
$info['memory_growth'].'B ('.display_size($info['memory_growth']).') ';
}
if (function_exists('memory_get_peak_usage')) {
$info['memory_peak'] = memory_get_peak_usage();
$info['html'] .= '<li class="memoryused col-sm-4">RAM peak: '.display_size($info['memory_peak']).'</li> ';
$info['txt'] .= 'memory_peak: '.$info['memory_peak'].'B (' . display_size($info['memory_peak']).') ';
}
$info['html'] .= '</ul><ul class="list-unstyled row mx-md-0">';
$inc = get_included_files();
$info['includecount'] = count($inc);
$info['html'] .= '<li class="included col-sm-4">Included '.$info['includecount'].' files</li> ';
$info['txt'] .= 'includecount: '.$info['includecount'].' ';
if (!empty($CFG->early_install_lang) or empty($PAGE)) {
// We can not track more performance before installation or before PAGE init, sorry.
return $info;
}
$filtermanager = filter_manager::instance();
if (method_exists($filtermanager, 'get_performance_summary')) {
list($filterinfo, $nicenames) = $filtermanager->get_performance_summary();
$info = array_merge($filterinfo, $info);
foreach ($filterinfo as $key => $value) {
$info['html'] .= "<li class='$key col-sm-4'>$nicenames[$key]: $value </li> ";
$info['txt'] .= "$key: $value ";
}
}
$stringmanager = get_string_manager();
if (method_exists($stringmanager, 'get_performance_summary')) {
list($filterinfo, $nicenames) = $stringmanager->get_performance_summary();
$info = array_merge($filterinfo, $info);
foreach ($filterinfo as $key => $value) {
$info['html'] .= "<li class='$key col-sm-4'>$nicenames[$key]: $value </li> ";
$info['txt'] .= "$key: $value ";
}
}
< if (!empty($PERF->logwrites)) {
< $info['logwrites'] = $PERF->logwrites;
< $info['html'] .= '<li class="logwrites col-sm-4">Log DB writes '.$info['logwrites'].'</li> ';
< $info['txt'] .= 'logwrites: '.$info['logwrites'].' ';
< }
<
< $info['dbqueries'] = $DB->perf_get_reads().'/'.($DB->perf_get_writes() - $PERF->logwrites);
> $info['dbqueries'] = $DB->perf_get_reads().'/'.$DB->perf_get_writes();
$info['html'] .= '<li class="dbqueries col-sm-4">DB reads/writes: '.$info['dbqueries'].'</li> ';
$info['txt'] .= 'db reads/writes: '.$info['dbqueries'].' ';
if ($DB->want_read_slave()) {
$info['dbreads_slave'] = $DB->perf_get_reads_slave();
$info['html'] .= '<li class="dbqueries col-sm-4">DB reads from slave: '.$info['dbreads_slave'].'</li> ';
$info['txt'] .= 'db reads from slave: '.$info['dbreads_slave'].' ';
}
$info['dbtime'] = round($DB->perf_get_queries_time(), 5);
$info['html'] .= '<li class="dbtime col-sm-4">DB queries time: '.$info['dbtime'].' secs</li> ';
$info['txt'] .= 'db queries time: ' . $info['dbtime'] . 's ';
if (function_exists('posix_times')) {
$ptimes = posix_times();
if (is_array($ptimes)) {
foreach ($ptimes as $key => $val) {
$info[$key] = $ptimes[$key] - $PERF->startposixtimes[$key];
}
$info['html'] .= "<li class=\"posixtimes col-sm-4\">ticks: $info[ticks] user: $info[utime]";
$info['html'] .= "sys: $info[stime] cuser: $info[cutime] csys: $info[cstime]</li> ";
$info['txt'] .= "ticks: $info[ticks] user: $info[utime] sys: $info[stime] cuser: $info[cutime] csys: $info[cstime] ";
}
}
// Grab the load average for the last minute.
// /proc will only work under some linux configurations
// while uptime is there under MacOSX/Darwin and other unices.
if (is_readable('/proc/loadavg') && $loadavg = @file('/proc/loadavg')) {
list($serverload) = explode(' ', $loadavg[0]);
unset($loadavg);
} else if ( function_exists('is_executable') && is_executable('/usr/bin/uptime') && $loadavg = `/usr/bin/uptime` ) {
if (preg_match('/load averages?: (\d+[\.,:]\d+)/', $loadavg, $matches)) {
$serverload = $matches[1];
} else {
trigger_error('Could not parse uptime output!');
}
}
if (!empty($serverload)) {
$info['serverload'] = $serverload;
$info['html'] .= '<li class="serverload col-sm-4">Load average: '.$info['serverload'].'</li> ';
$info['txt'] .= "serverload: {$info['serverload']} ";
}
// Display size of session if session started.
if ($si = \core\session\manager::get_performance_info()) {
$info['sessionsize'] = $si['size'];
$info['html'] .= "<li class=\"serverload col-sm-4\">" . $si['html'] . "</li>";
$info['txt'] .= $si['txt'];
}
> // Display time waiting for session if applicable.
$info['html'] .= '</ul>';
> if (!empty($PERF->sessionlock['wait'])) {
$html = '';
> $sessionwait = number_format($PERF->sessionlock['wait'], 3) . ' secs';
if ($stats = cache_helper::get_stats()) {
> $info['html'] .= html_writer::tag('li', 'Session wait: ' . $sessionwait, [
> 'class' => 'sessionwait col-sm-4'
$table = new html_table();
> ]);
$table->attributes['class'] = 'cachesused table table-dark table-sm w-auto table-bordered';
> $info['txt'] .= 'sessionwait: ' . $sessionwait . ' ';
$table->head = ['Mode', 'Cache item', 'Static', 'H', 'M', get_string('mappingprimary', 'cache'), 'H', 'M', 'S', 'I/O'];
> }
$table->data = [];
>
$table->align = ['left', 'left', 'left', 'right', 'right', 'left', 'right', 'right', 'right', 'right'];
$text = 'Caches used (hits/misses/sets): ';
$hits = 0;
$misses = 0;
$sets = 0;
$maxstores = 0;
// We want to align static caches into their own column.
$hasstatic = false;
foreach ($stats as $definition => $details) {
$numstores = count($details['stores']);
$first = key($details['stores']);
if ($first !== cache_store::STATIC_ACCEL) {
$numstores++; // Add a blank space for the missing static store.
}
$maxstores = max($maxstores, $numstores);
}
$storec = 0;
while ($storec++ < ($maxstores - 2)) {
if ($storec == ($maxstores - 2)) {
$table->head[] = get_string('mappingfinal', 'cache');
} else {
$table->head[] = "Store $storec";
}
$table->align[] = 'left';
$table->align[] = 'right';
$table->align[] = 'right';
$table->align[] = 'right';
$table->align[] = 'right';
$table->head[] = 'H';
$table->head[] = 'M';
$table->head[] = 'S';
$table->head[] = 'I/O';
}
ksort($stats);
foreach ($stats as $definition => $details) {
switch ($details['mode']) {
case cache_store::MODE_APPLICATION:
$modeclass = 'application';
$mode = ' <span title="application cache">App</span>';
break;
case cache_store::MODE_SESSION:
$modeclass = 'session';
$mode = ' <span title="session cache">Ses</span>';
break;
case cache_store::MODE_REQUEST:
$modeclass = 'request';
$mode = ' <span title="request cache">Req</span>';
break;
}
$row = [$mode, $definition];
$text .= "$definition {";
$storec = 0;
foreach ($details['stores'] as $store => $data) {
if ($storec == 0 && $store !== cache_store::STATIC_ACCEL) {
$row[] = '';
$row[] = '';
$row[] = '';
$storec++;
}
$hits += $data['hits'];
$misses += $data['misses'];
$sets += $data['sets'];
if ($data['hits'] == 0 and $data['misses'] > 0) {
$cachestoreclass = 'nohits bg-danger';
} else if ($data['hits'] < $data['misses']) {
$cachestoreclass = 'lowhits bg-warning text-dark';
} else {
$cachestoreclass = 'hihits';
}
$text .= "$store($data[hits]/$data[misses]/$data[sets]) ";
$cell = new html_table_cell($store);
$cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
$row[] = $cell;
$cell = new html_table_cell($data['hits']);
$cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
$row[] = $cell;
$cell = new html_table_cell($data['misses']);
$cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
$row[] = $cell;
if ($store !== cache_store::STATIC_ACCEL) {
// The static cache is never set.
$cell = new html_table_cell($data['sets']);
$cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
$row[] = $cell;
if ($data['hits'] || $data['sets']) {
if ($data['iobytes'] === cache_store::IO_BYTES_NOT_SUPPORTED) {
$size = '-';
} else {
$size = display_size($data['iobytes'], 1, 'KB');
if ($data['iobytes'] >= 10 * 1024) {
$cachestoreclass = ' bg-warning text-dark';
}
}
} else {
$size = '';
}
$cell = new html_table_cell($size);
$cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
$row[] = $cell;
}
$storec++;
}
while ($storec++ < $maxstores) {
$row[] = '';
$row[] = '';
$row[] = '';
$row[] = '';
$row[] = '';
}
$text .= '} ';
$table->data[] = $row;
}
$html .= html_writer::table($table);
// Now lets also show sub totals for each cache store.
$storetotals = [];
$storetotal = ['hits' => 0, 'misses' => 0, 'sets' => 0, 'iobytes' => 0];
foreach ($stats as $definition => $details) {
foreach ($details['stores'] as $store => $data) {
if (!array_key_exists($store, $storetotals)) {
$storetotals[$store] = ['hits' => 0, 'misses' => 0, 'sets' => 0, 'iobytes' => 0];
}
$storetotals[$store]['class'] = $data['class'];
$storetotals[$store]['hits'] += $data['hits'];
$storetotals[$store]['misses'] += $data['misses'];
$storetotals[$store]['sets'] += $data['sets'];
$storetotal['hits'] += $data['hits'];
$storetotal['misses'] += $data['misses'];
$storetotal['sets'] += $data['sets'];
if ($data['iobytes'] !== cache_store::IO_BYTES_NOT_SUPPORTED) {
$storetotals[$store]['iobytes'] += $data['iobytes'];
$storetotal['iobytes'] += $data['iobytes'];
}
}
}
$table = new html_table();
$table->attributes['class'] = 'cachesused table table-dark table-sm w-auto table-bordered';
$table->head = [get_string('storename', 'cache'), get_string('type_cachestore', 'plugin'), 'H', 'M', 'S', 'I/O'];
$table->data = [];
$table->align = ['left', 'left', 'right', 'right', 'right', 'right'];
ksort($storetotals);
foreach ($storetotals as $store => $data) {
$row = [];
if ($data['hits'] == 0 and $data['misses'] > 0) {
$cachestoreclass = 'nohits bg-danger';
} else if ($data['hits'] < $data['misses']) {
$cachestoreclass = 'lowhits bg-warning text-dark';
} else {
$cachestoreclass = 'hihits';
}
$cell = new html_table_cell($store);
$cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
$row[] = $cell;
$cell = new html_table_cell($data['class']);
$cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
$row[] = $cell;
$cell = new html_table_cell($data['hits']);
$cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
$row[] = $cell;
$cell = new html_table_cell($data['misses']);
$cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
$row[] = $cell;
$cell = new html_table_cell($data['sets']);
$cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
$row[] = $cell;
if ($data['hits'] || $data['sets']) {
if ($data['iobytes']) {
$size = display_size($data['iobytes'], 1, 'KB');
} else {
$size = '-';
}
} else {
$size = '';
}
$cell = new html_table_cell($size);
$cell->attributes = ['class' => $cachestoreclass];
$row[] = $cell;
$table->data[] = $row;
}
if (!empty($storetotal['iobytes'])) {
$size = display_size($storetotal['iobytes'], 1, 'KB');
} else if (!empty($storetotal['hits']) || !empty($storetotal['sets'])) {
$size = '-';
} else {
$size = '';
}
$row = [
get_string('total'),
'',
$storetotal['hits'],
$storetotal['misses'],
$storetotal['sets'],
$size,
];
$table->data[] = $row;
$html .= html_writer::table($table);
$info['cachesused'] = "$hits / $misses / $sets";
$info['html'] .= $html;
$info['txt'] .= $text.'. ';
} else {
$info['cachesused'] = '0 / 0 / 0';
$info['html'] .= '<div class="cachesused">Caches used (hits/misses/sets): 0/0/0</div>';
$info['txt'] .= 'Caches used (hits/misses/sets): 0/0/0 ';
}
> // Display lock information if any.
$info['html'] = '<div class="performanceinfo siteinfo container-fluid px-md-0 overflow-auto pt-3">'.$info['html'].'</div>';
> if (!empty($PERF->locks)) {
return $info;
> $table = new html_table();
}
> $table->attributes['class'] = 'locktimings table table-dark table-sm w-auto table-bordered';
> $table->head = ['Lock', 'Waited (s)', 'Obtained', 'Held for (s)'];
/**
> $table->align = ['left', 'right', 'center', 'right'];
* Renames a file or directory to a unique name within the same directory.
> $table->data = [];
*
> $text = 'Locks (waited/obtained/held):';
* This function is designed to avoid any potential race conditions, and select an unused name.
> foreach ($PERF->locks as $locktiming) {
*
> $row = [];
* @param string $filepath Original filepath
> $row[] = s($locktiming->type . '/' . $locktiming->resource);
* @param string $prefix Prefix to use for the temporary name
> $text .= ' ' . $locktiming->type . '/' . $locktiming->resource . ' (';
* @return string|bool New file path or false if failed
>
* @since Moodle 3.10
> // The time we had to wait to get the lock.
*/
> $roundedtime = number_format($locktiming->wait, 1);
function rename_to_unused_name(string $filepath, string $prefix = '_temp_') {
> $cell = new html_table_cell($roundedtime);
$dir = dirname($filepath);
> if ($locktiming->wait > 0.5) {
$basename = $dir . '/' . $prefix;
> $cell->attributes = ['class' => 'bg-warning text-dark'];
$limit = 0;
> }
while ($limit < 100) {
> $row[] = $cell;
// Select a new name based on a random number.
> $text .= $roundedtime . '/';
$newfilepath = $basename . md5(mt_rand());
>
> // Show a tick or cross for success.
// Attempt a rename to that new name.
> $row[] = $locktiming->success ? '✓' : '❌';
if (@rename($filepath, $newfilepath)) {
> $text .= ($locktiming->success ? 'y' : 'n') . '/';
return $newfilepath;
>
}
> // If applicable, show how long we held the lock before releasing it.
> if (property_exists($locktiming, 'held')) {
// The first time, do some sanity checks, maybe it is failing for a good reason and there
> $roundedtime = number_format($locktiming->held, 1);
// is no point trying 100 times if so.
> $cell = new html_table_cell($roundedtime);
if ($limit === 0 && (!file_exists($filepath) || !is_writable($dir))) {
> if ($locktiming->held > 0.5) {
return false;
> $cell->attributes = ['class' => 'bg-warning text-dark'];
}
> }
$limit++;
> $row[] = $cell;
}
> $text .= $roundedtime;
return false;
> } else {
}
> $row[] = '-';
> $text .= '-';
/**
> }
* Delete directory or only its content
> $text .= ')';
*
>
* @param string $dir directory path
> $table->data[] = $row;
* @param bool $contentonly
> }
* @return bool success, true also if dir does not exist
> $info['html'] .= html_writer::table($table);
*/
> $info['txt'] .= $text . '. ';
function remove_dir($dir, $contentonly=false) {
> }
if (!is_dir($dir)) {
>
// Nothing to do.
return true;
}
if (!$contentonly) {
// Start by renaming the directory; this will guarantee that other processes don't write to it
// while it is in the process of being deleted.
$tempdir = rename_to_unused_name($dir);
if ($tempdir) {
// If the rename was successful then delete the $tempdir instead.
$dir = $tempdir;
}
// If the rename fails, we will continue through and attempt to delete the directory
// without renaming it since that is likely to at least delete most of the files.
}
if (!$handle = opendir($dir)) {
return false;
}
$result = true;
while (false!==($item = readdir($handle))) {
if ($item != '.' && $item != '..') {
if (is_dir($dir.'/'.$item)) {
$result = remove_dir($dir.'/'.$item) && $result;
} else {
$result = unlink($dir.'/'.$item) && $result;
}
}
}
closedir($handle);
if ($contentonly) {
clearstatcache(); // Make sure file stat cache is properly invalidated.
return $result;
}
$result = rmdir($dir); // If anything left the result will be false, no need for && $result.
clearstatcache(); // Make sure file stat cache is properly invalidated.
return $result;
}
/**
* Detect if an object or a class contains a given property
* will take an actual object or the name of a class
*
< * @param mix $obj Name of class or real object to test
> * @param mixed $obj Name of class or real object to test
* @param string $property name of property to find
* @return bool true if property exists
*/
function object_property_exists( $obj, $property ) {
if (is_string( $obj )) {
$properties = get_class_vars( $obj );
} else {
$properties = get_object_vars( $obj );
}
return array_key_exists( $property, $properties );
}
/**
* Converts an object into an associative array
*
* This function converts an object into an associative array by iterating
* over its public properties. Because this function uses the foreach
* construct, Iterators are respected. It works recursively on arrays of objects.
* Arrays and simple values are returned as is.
*
* If class has magic properties, it can implement IteratorAggregate
* and return all available properties in getIterator()
*
* @param mixed $var
* @return array
*/
function convert_to_array($var) {
$result = array();
// Loop over elements/properties.
foreach ($var as $key => $value) {
// Recursively convert objects.
if (is_object($value) || is_array($value)) {
$result[$key] = convert_to_array($value);
} else {
// Simple values are untouched.
$result[$key] = $value;
}
}
return $result;
}
/**
* Detect a custom script replacement in the data directory that will
* replace an existing moodle script
*
* @return string|bool full path name if a custom script exists, false if no custom script exists
*/
function custom_script_path() {
global $CFG, $SCRIPT;
if ($SCRIPT === null) {
// Probably some weird external script.
return false;
}
$scriptpath = $CFG->customscripts . $SCRIPT;
// Check the custom script exists.
if (file_exists($scriptpath) and is_file($scriptpath)) {
return $scriptpath;
} else {
return false;
}
}
/**
* Returns whether or not the user object is a remote MNET user. This function
* is in moodlelib because it does not rely on loading any of the MNET code.
*
* @param object $user A valid user object
* @return bool True if the user is from a remote Moodle.
*/
function is_mnet_remote_user($user) {
global $CFG;
if (!isset($CFG->mnet_localhost_id)) {
include_once($CFG->dirroot . '/mnet/lib.php');
$env = new mnet_environment();
$env->init();
unset($env);
}
return (!empty($user->mnethostid) && $user->mnethostid != $CFG->mnet_localhost_id);
}
/**
* This function will search for browser prefereed languages, setting Moodle
* to use the best one available if $SESSION->lang is undefined
*/
function setup_lang_from_browser() {
global $CFG, $SESSION, $USER;
if (!empty($SESSION->lang) or !empty($USER->lang) or empty($CFG->autolang)) {
// Lang is defined in session or user profile, nothing to do.
return;
}
if (!isset($_SERVER['HTTP_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE'])) { // There isn't list of browser langs, nothing to do.
return;
}
// Extract and clean langs from headers.
$rawlangs = $_SERVER['HTTP_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE'];
$rawlangs = str_replace('-', '_', $rawlangs); // We are using underscores.
$rawlangs = explode(',', $rawlangs); // Convert to array.
$langs = array();
$order = 1.0;
foreach ($rawlangs as $lang) {
if (strpos($lang, ';') === false) {
$langs[(string)$order] = $lang;
$order = $order-0.01;
} else {
$parts = explode(';', $lang);
$pos = strpos($parts[1], '=');
$langs[substr($parts[1], $pos+1)] = $parts[0];
}
}
krsort($langs, SORT_NUMERIC);
// Look for such langs under standard locations.
foreach ($langs as $lang) {
// Clean it properly for include.
$lang = strtolower(clean_param($lang, PARAM_SAFEDIR));
if (get_string_manager()->translation_exists($lang, false)) {
< // Lang exists, set it in session.
> // If the translation for this language exists then try to set it
> // for the rest of the session, if this is a read only session then
> // we can only set it temporarily in $CFG.
> if (defined('READ_ONLY_SESSION') && !empty($CFG->enable_read_only_sessions)) {
> $CFG->lang = $lang;
> } else {
$SESSION->lang = $lang;
> }
// We have finished. Go out.
break;
}
}
return;
}
/**
* Check if $url matches anything in proxybypass list
*
* Any errors just result in the proxy being used (least bad)
*
* @param string $url url to check
* @return boolean true if we should bypass the proxy
*/
function is_proxybypass( $url ) {
global $CFG;
// Sanity check.
if (empty($CFG->proxyhost) or empty($CFG->proxybypass)) {
return false;
}
// Get the host part out of the url.
if (!$host = parse_url( $url, PHP_URL_HOST )) {
return false;
}
// Get the possible bypass hosts into an array.
$matches = explode( ',', $CFG->proxybypass );
// Check for a exact match on the IP or in the domains.
$isdomaininallowedlist = \core\ip_utils::is_domain_in_allowed_list($host, $matches);
$isipinsubnetlist = \core\ip_utils::is_ip_in_subnet_list($host, $CFG->proxybypass, ',');
if ($isdomaininallowedlist || $isipinsubnetlist) {
return true;
}
// Nothing matched.
return false;
}
/**
* Check if the passed navigation is of the new style
*
* @param mixed $navigation
* @return bool true for yes false for no
*/
function is_newnav($navigation) {
if (is_array($navigation) && !empty($navigation['newnav'])) {
return true;
} else {
return false;
}
}
/**
* Checks whether the given variable name is defined as a variable within the given object.
*
* This will NOT work with stdClass objects, which have no class variables.
*
* @param string $var The variable name
* @param object $object The object to check
* @return boolean
*/
function in_object_vars($var, $object) {
$classvars = get_class_vars(get_class($object));
$classvars = array_keys($classvars);
return in_array($var, $classvars);
}
/**
* Returns an array without repeated objects.
* This function is similar to array_unique, but for arrays that have objects as values
*
* @param array $array
* @param bool $keepkeyassoc
* @return array
*/
function object_array_unique($array, $keepkeyassoc = true) {
$duplicatekeys = array();
$tmp = array();
foreach ($array as $key => $val) {
// Convert objects to arrays, in_array() does not support objects.
if (is_object($val)) {
$val = (array)$val;
}
if (!in_array($val, $tmp)) {
$tmp[] = $val;
} else {
$duplicatekeys[] = $key;
}
}
foreach ($duplicatekeys as $key) {
unset($array[$key]);
}
return $keepkeyassoc ? $array : array_values($array);
}
/**
* Is a userid the primary administrator?
*
* @param int $userid int id of user to check
* @return boolean
*/
function is_primary_admin($userid) {
$primaryadmin = get_admin();
if ($userid == $primaryadmin->id) {
return true;
} else {
return false;
}
}
/**
* Returns the site identifier
*
* @return string $CFG->siteidentifier, first making sure it is properly initialised.
*/
function get_site_identifier() {
global $CFG;
// Check to see if it is missing. If so, initialise it.
if (empty($CFG->siteidentifier)) {
set_config('siteidentifier', random_string(32) . $_SERVER['HTTP_HOST']);
}
// Return it.
return $CFG->siteidentifier;
}
/**
* Check whether the given password has no more than the specified
* number of consecutive identical characters.
*
* @param string $password password to be checked against the password policy
* @param integer $maxchars maximum number of consecutive identical characters
* @return bool
*/
function check_consecutive_identical_characters($password, $maxchars) {
if ($maxchars < 1) {
return true; // Zero 0 is to disable this check.
}
if (strlen($password) <= $maxchars) {
return true; // Too short to fail this test.
}
$previouschar = '';
$consecutivecount = 1;
foreach (str_split($password) as $char) {
if ($char != $previouschar) {
$consecutivecount = 1;
} else {
$consecutivecount++;
if ($consecutivecount > $maxchars) {
return false; // Check failed already.
}
}
$previouschar = $char;
}
return true;
}
/**
* Helper function to do partial function binding.
* so we can use it for preg_replace_callback, for example
* this works with php functions, user functions, static methods and class methods
* it returns you a callback that you can pass on like so:
*
* $callback = partial('somefunction', $arg1, $arg2);
* or
* $callback = partial(array('someclass', 'somestaticmethod'), $arg1, $arg2);
* or even
* $obj = new someclass();
* $callback = partial(array($obj, 'somemethod'), $arg1, $arg2);
*
* and then the arguments that are passed through at calltime are appended to the argument list.
*
* @param mixed $function a php callback
* @param mixed $arg1,... $argv arguments to partially bind with
* @return array Array callback
*/
function partial() {
if (!class_exists('partial')) {
/**
* Used to manage function binding.
* @copyright 2009 Penny Leach
* @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
*/
class partial{
/** @var array */
public $values = array();
/** @var string The function to call as a callback. */
public $func;
/**
* Constructor
* @param string $func
* @param array $args
*/
public function __construct($func, $args) {
$this->values = $args;
$this->func = $func;
}
/**
* Calls the callback function.
* @return mixed
*/
public function method() {
$args = func_get_args();
return call_user_func_array($this->func, array_merge($this->values, $args));
}
}
}
$args = func_get_args();
$func = array_shift($args);
$p = new partial($func, $args);
return array($p, 'method');
}
/**
* helper function to load up and initialise the mnet environment
* this must be called before you use mnet functions.
*
* @return mnet_environment the equivalent of old $MNET global
*/
function get_mnet_environment() {
global $CFG;
require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/mnet/lib.php');
static $instance = null;
if (empty($instance)) {
$instance = new mnet_environment();
$instance->init();
}
return $instance;
}
/**
* during xmlrpc server code execution, any code wishing to access
* information about the remote peer must use this to get it.
*
* @return mnet_remote_client the equivalent of old $MNETREMOTE_CLIENT global
*/
function get_mnet_remote_client() {
if (!defined('MNET_SERVER')) {
debugging(get_string('notinxmlrpcserver', 'mnet'));
return false;
}
global $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT;
if (isset($MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT)) {
return $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT;
}
return false;
}
/**
* during the xmlrpc server code execution, this will be called
* to setup the object returned by {@link get_mnet_remote_client}
*
* @param mnet_remote_client $client the client to set up
* @throws moodle_exception
*/
function set_mnet_remote_client($client) {
if (!defined('MNET_SERVER')) {
throw new moodle_exception('notinxmlrpcserver', 'mnet');
}
global $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT;
$MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT = $client;
}
/**
* return the jump url for a given remote user
* this is used for rewriting forum post links in emails, etc
*
* @param stdclass $user the user to get the idp url for
*/
function mnet_get_idp_jump_url($user) {
global $CFG;
static $mnetjumps = array();
if (!array_key_exists($user->mnethostid, $mnetjumps)) {
$idp = mnet_get_peer_host($user->mnethostid);
$idpjumppath = mnet_get_app_jumppath($idp->applicationid);
$mnetjumps[$user->mnethostid] = $idp->wwwroot . $idpjumppath . '?hostwwwroot=' . $CFG->wwwroot . '&wantsurl=';
}
return $mnetjumps[$user->mnethostid];
}
/**
* Gets the homepage to use for the current user
*
* @return int One of HOMEPAGE_*
*/
function get_home_page() {
global $CFG;
if (isloggedin() && !isguestuser() && !empty($CFG->defaulthomepage)) {
// If dashboard is disabled, home will be set to default page.
$defaultpage = get_default_home_page();
if ($CFG->defaulthomepage == HOMEPAGE_MY) {
if (!empty($CFG->enabledashboard)) {
return HOMEPAGE_MY;
} else {
return $defaultpage;
}
} else if ($CFG->defaulthomepage == HOMEPAGE_MYCOURSES) {
return HOMEPAGE_MYCOURSES;
} else {
$userhomepage = (int) get_user_preferences('user_home_page_preference', $defaultpage);
if (empty($CFG->enabledashboard) && $userhomepage == HOMEPAGE_MY) {
// If the user was using the dashboard but it's disabled, return the default home page.
$userhomepage = $defaultpage;
}
return $userhomepage;
}
}
return HOMEPAGE_SITE;
}
/**
* Returns the default home page to display if current one is not defined or can't be applied.
* The default behaviour is to return Dashboard if it's enabled or My courses page if it isn't.
*
* @return int The default home page.
*/
function get_default_home_page(): int {
global $CFG;
< return !empty($CFG->enabledashboard) ? HOMEPAGE_MY : HOMEPAGE_MYCOURSES;
> return (!isset($CFG->enabledashboard) || $CFG->enabledashboard) ? HOMEPAGE_MY : HOMEPAGE_MYCOURSES;
}
/**
* Gets the name of a course to be displayed when showing a list of courses.
* By default this is just $course->fullname but user can configure it. The
* result of this function should be passed through print_string.
* @param stdClass|core_course_list_element $course Moodle course object
* @return string Display name of course (either fullname or short + fullname)
*/
function get_course_display_name_for_list($course) {
global $CFG;
if (!empty($CFG->courselistshortnames)) {
if (!($course instanceof stdClass)) {
$course = (object)convert_to_array($course);
}
return get_string('courseextendednamedisplay', '', $course);
} else {
return $course->fullname;
}
}
/**
* Safe analogue of unserialize() that can only parse arrays
*
* Arrays may contain only integers or strings as both keys and values. Nested arrays are allowed.
*
* @param string $expression
* @return array|bool either parsed array or false if parsing was impossible.
*/
function unserialize_array($expression) {
// Check the expression is an array.
if (!preg_match('/^a:(\d+):/', $expression)) {
return false;
}
$values = (array) unserialize_object($expression);
// Callback that returns true if the given value is an unserialized object, executes recursively.
$invalidvaluecallback = static function($value) use (&$invalidvaluecallback): bool {
if (is_array($value)) {
return (bool) array_filter($value, $invalidvaluecallback);
}
return ($value instanceof stdClass) || ($value instanceof __PHP_Incomplete_Class);
};
// Iterate over the result to ensure there are no stray objects.
if (array_filter($values, $invalidvaluecallback)) {
return false;
}
return $values;
}
/**
* Safe method for unserializing given input that is expected to contain only a serialized instance of an stdClass object
*
* If any class type other than stdClass is included in the input string, it will not be instantiated and will be cast to an
* stdClass object. The initial cast to array, then back to object is to ensure we are always returning the correct type,
* otherwise we would return an instances of {@see __PHP_Incomplete_class} for malformed strings
*
* @param string $input
* @return stdClass
*/
function unserialize_object(string $input): stdClass {
$instance = (array) unserialize($input, ['allowed_classes' => [stdClass::class]]);
return (object) $instance;
}
/**
* The lang_string class
*
* This special class is used to create an object representation of a string request.
* It is special because processing doesn't occur until the object is first used.
* The class was created especially to aid performance in areas where strings were
* required to be generated but were not necessarily used.
* As an example the admin tree when generated uses over 1500 strings, of which
* normally only 1/3 are ever actually printed at any time.
* The performance advantage is achieved by not actually processing strings that
* arn't being used, as such reducing the processing required for the page.
*
* How to use the lang_string class?
* There are two methods of using the lang_string class, first through the
* forth argument of the get_string function, and secondly directly.
* The following are examples of both.
* 1. Through get_string calls e.g.
* $string = get_string($identifier, $component, $a, true);
* $string = get_string('yes', 'moodle', null, true);
* 2. Direct instantiation
* $string = new lang_string($identifier, $component, $a, $lang);
* $string = new lang_string('yes');
*
* How do I use a lang_string object?
* The lang_string object makes use of a magic __toString method so that you
* are able to use the object exactly as you would use a string in most cases.
* This means you are able to collect it into a variable and then directly
* echo it, or concatenate it into another string, or similar.
* The other thing you can do is manually get the string by calling the
* lang_strings out method e.g.
* $string = new lang_string('yes');
* $string->out();
* Also worth noting is that the out method can take one argument, $lang which
* allows the developer to change the language on the fly.
*
* When should I use a lang_string object?
* The lang_string object is designed to be used in any situation where a
* string may not be needed, but needs to be generated.
* The admin tree is a good example of where lang_string objects should be
* used.
* A more practical example would be any class that requries strings that may
* not be printed (after all classes get renderer by renderers and who knows
* what they will do ;))
*
* When should I not use a lang_string object?
* Don't use lang_strings when you are going to use a string immediately.
* There is no need as it will be processed immediately and there will be no
* advantage, and in fact perhaps a negative hit as a class has to be
* instantiated for a lang_string object, however get_string won't require
* that.
*
* Limitations:
* 1. You cannot use a lang_string object as an array offset. Doing so will
* result in PHP throwing an error. (You can use it as an object property!)
*
* @package core
* @category string
* @copyright 2011 Sam Hemelryk
* @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
*/
class lang_string {
/** @var string The strings identifier */
protected $identifier;
/** @var string The strings component. Default '' */
protected $component = '';
/** @var array|stdClass Any arguments required for the string. Default null */
protected $a = null;
/** @var string The language to use when processing the string. Default null */
protected $lang = null;
/** @var string The processed string (once processed) */
protected $string = null;
/**
* A special boolean. If set to true then the object has been woken up and
* cannot be regenerated. If this is set then $this->string MUST be used.
* @var bool
*/
protected $forcedstring = false;
/**
* Constructs a lang_string object
*
* This function should do as little processing as possible to ensure the best
* performance for strings that won't be used.
*
* @param string $identifier The strings identifier
* @param string $component The strings component
< * @param stdClass|array $a Any arguments the string requires
> * @param stdClass|array|mixed $a Any arguments the string requires
* @param string $lang The language to use when processing the string.
* @throws coding_exception
*/
public function __construct($identifier, $component = '', $a = null, $lang = null) {
if (empty($component)) {
$component = 'moodle';
}
$this->identifier = $identifier;
$this->component = $component;
$this->lang = $lang;
// We MUST duplicate $a to ensure that it if it changes by reference those
// changes are not carried across.
// To do this we always ensure $a or its properties/values are strings
// and that any properties/values that arn't convertable are forgotten.
if ($a !== null) {
if (is_scalar($a)) {
$this->a = $a;
} else if ($a instanceof lang_string) {
$this->a = $a->out();
} else if (is_object($a) or is_array($a)) {
$a = (array)$a;
$this->a = array();
foreach ($a as $key => $value) {
// Make sure conversion errors don't get displayed (results in '').
if (is_array($value)) {
$this->a[$key] = '';
} else if (is_object($value)) {
if (method_exists($value, '__toString')) {
$this->a[$key] = $value->__toString();
} else {
$this->a[$key] = '';
}
} else {
$this->a[$key] = (string)$value;
}
}
}
}
if (debugging(false, DEBUG_DEVELOPER)) {
if (clean_param($this->identifier, PARAM_STRINGID) == '') {
throw new coding_exception('Invalid string identifier. Most probably some illegal character is part of the string identifier. Please check your string definition');
}
if (!empty($this->component) && clean_param($this->component, PARAM_COMPONENT) == '') {
throw new coding_exception('Invalid string compontent. Please check your string definition');
}
if (!get_string_manager()->string_exists($this->identifier, $this->component)) {
debugging('String does not exist. Please check your string definition for '.$this->identifier.'/'.$this->component, DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
}
}
}
/**
* Processes the string.
*
* This function actually processes the string, stores it in the string property
* and then returns it.
* You will notice that this function is VERY similar to the get_string method.
* That is because it is pretty much doing the same thing.
* However as this function is an upgrade it isn't as tolerant to backwards
* compatibility.
*
* @return string
* @throws coding_exception
*/
protected function get_string() {
global $CFG;
// Check if we need to process the string.
if ($this->string === null) {
// Check the quality of the identifier.
if ($CFG->debugdeveloper && clean_param($this->identifier, PARAM_STRINGID) === '') {
throw new coding_exception('Invalid string identifier. Most probably some illegal character is part of the string identifier. Please check your string definition', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
}
// Process the string.
$this->string = get_string_manager()->get_string($this->identifier, $this->component, $this->a, $this->lang);
// Debugging feature lets you display string identifier and component.
if (isset($CFG->debugstringids) && $CFG->debugstringids && optional_param('strings', 0, PARAM_INT)) {
$this->string .= ' {' . $this->identifier . '/' . $this->component . '}';
}
}
// Return the string.
return $this->string;
}
/**
* Returns the string
*
* @param string $lang The langauge to use when processing the string
* @return string
*/
public function out($lang = null) {
if ($lang !== null && $lang != $this->lang && ($this->lang == null && $lang != current_language())) {
if ($this->forcedstring) {
debugging('lang_string objects that have been used cannot be printed in another language. ('.$this->lang.' used)', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
return $this->get_string();
}
$translatedstring = new lang_string($this->identifier, $this->component, $this->a, $lang);
return $translatedstring->out();
}
return $this->get_string();
}
/**
* Magic __toString method for printing a string
*
* @return string
*/
public function __toString() {
return $this->get_string();
}
/**
* Magic __set_state method used for var_export
*
* @param array $array
* @return self
*/
public static function __set_state(array $array): self {
$tmp = new lang_string($array['identifier'], $array['component'], $array['a'], $array['lang']);
$tmp->string = $array['string'];
$tmp->forcedstring = $array['forcedstring'];
return $tmp;
}
/**
* Prepares the lang_string for sleep and stores only the forcedstring and
* string properties... the string cannot be regenerated so we need to ensure
* it is generated for this.
*
* @return string
*/
public function __sleep() {
$this->get_string();
$this->forcedstring = true;
return array('forcedstring', 'string', 'lang');
}
/**
* Returns the identifier.
*
* @return string
*/
public function get_identifier() {
return $this->identifier;
}
/**
* Returns the component.
*
* @return string
*/
public function get_component() {
return $this->component;
}
}
/**
* Get human readable name describing the given callable.
*
* This performs syntax check only to see if the given param looks like a valid function, method or closure.
* It does not check if the callable actually exists.
*
* @param callable|string|array $callable
* @return string|bool Human readable name of callable, or false if not a valid callable.
*/
function get_callable_name($callable) {
if (!is_callable($callable, true, $name)) {
return false;
} else {
return $name;
}
}
/**
* Tries to guess if $CFG->wwwroot is publicly accessible or not.
* Never put your faith on this function and rely on its accuracy as there might be false positives.
* It just performs some simple checks, and mainly is used for places where we want to hide some options
* such as site registration when $CFG->wwwroot is not publicly accessible.
* Good thing is there is no false negative.
* Note that it's possible to force the result of this check by specifying $CFG->site_is_public in config.php
*
* @return bool
*/
function site_is_public() {
global $CFG;
// Return early if site admin has forced this setting.
if (isset($CFG->site_is_public)) {
return (bool)$CFG->site_is_public;
}
$host = parse_url($CFG->wwwroot, PHP_URL_HOST);
if ($host === 'localhost' || preg_match('|^127\.\d+\.\d+\.\d+$|', $host)) {
$ispublic = false;
} else if (\core\ip_utils::is_ip_address($host) && !ip_is_public($host)) {
$ispublic = false;
} else if (($address = \core\ip_utils::get_ip_address($host)) && !ip_is_public($address)) {
$ispublic = false;
} else {
$ispublic = true;
}
return $ispublic;
> }
}
>
> /**
> * Validates user's password length.
> *
> * @param string $password
> * @param int $pepperlength The length of the used peppers
> * @return bool
> */
> function exceeds_password_length(string $password, int $pepperlength = 0): bool {
> return (strlen($password) > (MAX_PASSWORD_CHARACTERS + $pepperlength));
